AD4696BCPZ [ADI]

16-Bit, 16-Channel, 500 kSPS/1 MSPS, Easy Drive Multiplexed SAR ADCs;
AD4696BCPZ
型号: AD4696BCPZ
厂家: ADI    ADI
描述:

16-Bit, 16-Channel, 500 kSPS/1 MSPS, Easy Drive Multiplexed SAR ADCs

文件: 总96页 (文件大小:1310K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
16-Bit, 16-Channel, 500 kSPS/1 MSPS,  
Easy Drive Multiplexed SAR ADCs  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
FEATURES  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
Easy Drive  
The AD4695/AD4696 are compact, high accuracy, low power,  
Reduced analog input and reference drive requirements  
Overvoltage clamp input current protection up to 5 mA on  
each analog input  
Long acquisition phase, ≥71.5% (715 ns/1000 ns)of cycle  
time at 1 MSPS  
High performance  
Sample rate: 500 kSPS (AD4695) or 1 MSPS (AD4696)  
INL: 1 LSB maximum  
Guaranteed 16-bit, no missing codes  
SINAD: 93 dB typical, VREF = 5 V and fIN = 1 kHz  
Oversampled dynamic range: 111.2 dB, OSR = 64  
Small footprint, high channel density  
32-lead 5 mm × 5 mm LFCSP  
16-channel, 16-bit, 500 kSPS/1 MSPS, multiplexed input  
precision, successive approximation register (SAR) analog-to-  
digital converters (ADCs) with Easy Drive features and  
extensive digital functionality.  
The AD4695/AD4696 are optimal for use in space constrained,  
multichannel, precision data acquisition systems and monitoring  
circuits. The AD4695/AD4696 feature a true 16-bit SAR ADC core  
with no missing codes, a 16-channel, low crosstalk multiplexer, a  
flexible channel sequencer, overvoltage protection clamp  
circuits on each analog input, on-chip oversampling and  
decimation, threshold detection and alert indicators, and an  
autonomous conversion (autocycle) mode.  
The AD4695/AD4696 Easy Drive features relax the drive  
requirements of the analog front end (AFE) and reference  
circuitry. Analog input high-Z mode and reference input  
high-Z mode simplify system designs, reduce component  
count, and increase channel density by removing the need for  
dedicated high speed ADC drivers and reference buffers.  
Easy Drive features support system level designs with  
fewer components  
Enhanced digital functionality  
First conversion accurate, no latency or pipeline delay  
Fast conversion time and dual-SDO mode allow low  
SPI clock rates  
Customizable channel sequencer  
On-chip oversampling and decimation  
Threshold detection alerts  
Input overvoltage protection clamps on each analog input  
protect the AD4695/AD4696 from overvoltage events and  
prevent overvoltage events on one channel from degrading  
performance on other channels (see Figure 26).  
Offset and gain correction  
Autonomous conversion (autocycle) mode  
SPI-/QPSI-/MICROWIRE-/DSP-compatible serial interface  
Low power  
8 mW at fS = 1 MSPS  
4 mW at fS = 500 kSPS  
4 µW standby power dissipation with the internal  
LDO disabled  
Internal LDO enables 3.15 V to 5.5 V, single analog supply  
operation  
Advanced digital functionality makes the AD4695/AD4696  
compatible with a variety of low power digital hosts. The low  
serial peripheral interface (SPI) clock rate requirements, on-chip  
customizable channel sequencers, and oversampling and  
decimation reduce the burden on the digital host system.  
Autocycle mode and threshold detection features enable low  
power, interrupt driven firmware design by performing  
conversions autonomously and generating alerts based on  
channel specific threshold limits.  
1.14 V to 1.98 V logic interface  
Wide operating temperature range: −40°C to +125°C  
The AD4695/AD4696 are available in a 5 mm × 5 mm 32-lead  
lead frame chip scale package (LFCSP) with operation specified  
from −40°C to +125°C.  
APPLICATIONS  
Photodiode monitoring  
Medical instrumentation  
Vital signs monitoring  
Electronic test and measurement  
Automated test equipment  
Instrumentation and process control  
Battery-powered equipment  
Rev. 0  
Document Feedback  
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no  
responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other  
rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to change without notice.  
No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog  
Devices. Trademarks and registeredtrademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A.  
Tel: 781.329.4700  
Technical Support  
©2020 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.  
www.analog.com  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Features.............................................................................................. 1  
Busy Indicator............................................................................. 36  
Channel Sequencing Modes ..................................................... 36  
Digital Interface.............................................................................. 41  
Register Configuration Mode................................................... 41  
Conversion Mode....................................................................... 48  
Autocycle Mode ......................................................................... 54  
General-Purpose Pin ................................................................. 56  
Device Reset................................................................................ 56  
Applications Information ............................................................. 60  
Analog Front-End Design......................................................... 61  
Analog Input Overvoltage Protection..................................... 64  
Reference Circuitry Design....................................................... 65  
Reference Circuit Design for Driving REF Input.................. 65  
Converting Between Codes and Volts .................................... 67  
Oversampling for Noise Reduction......................................... 67  
Digital Interface Operation....................................................... 67  
Device Configuration Recommendations .............................. 74  
Effective Channel Sample Rate ................................................ 75  
Layout Guidelines ...................................................................... 77  
Evaluating AD4695/AD4696 Performance............................ 77  
Register Information...................................................................... 78  
Register Overview ...................................................................... 78  
Register Details........................................................................... 79  
Outline Dimensions....................................................................... 96  
Ordering Guide .......................................................................... 96  
Applications ...................................................................................... 1  
General Description......................................................................... 1  
Revision History ............................................................................... 2  
Functional Block Diagram .............................................................. 3  
Specifications .................................................................................... 4  
Timing Specifications .................................................................. 8  
Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................................................... 10  
Thermal Resistance.................................................................... 10  
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Ratings.................................... 10  
ESD Caution................................................................................ 10  
Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions .......................... 11  
Typical Performance Characteristics........................................... 13  
Terminology.................................................................................... 23  
Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 24  
Overview...................................................................................... 24  
Converter Operation.................................................................. 24  
Transfer Function ...................................................................... 26  
Analog Inputs ............................................................................. 27  
Input Overvoltage Protection Clamps .................................... 31  
Temperature Sensor................................................................... 32  
Voltage Reference Input............................................................ 32  
Power Supplies............................................................................ 32  
Oversampling and Decimation ................................................ 33  
Offset and Gain Correction ...................................................... 34  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators ............................. 34  
REVISION HISTORY  
12/2020—Revision 0: Initial Version  
Rev. 0 | Page 2 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM  
LDO_IN  
AVDD  
VDD  
REF  
+1.8V  
INTERNAL  
LDO  
REF INPUT  
HIGH-Z MODE  
IN0  
16-BIT  
SAR ADC  
OVERVOLTAGE  
PROTECTION  
CLAMPS  
ANALOG  
INPUT  
INPUT  
MUX  
HIGH-Z MODE  
VIO  
CNV  
CS  
IN15  
ON-CHIP OSC,  
CONTROL LOGIC  
USER REGISTERS,  
SEQUENCING LOGIC,  
AND  
SCK  
SDI  
COM  
TEMPERATURE  
SENSOR  
DIGITAL DATA  
PROCESSING  
SDO  
BSY_ALT_GP0  
RESET  
AD4695/AD4696  
REFGND  
AGND  
IOGND  
Figure 1.  
Rev. 0 | Page 3 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
SPECIFICATIONS  
Data Sheet  
AVDD = 3.15 V to 5.5 V, LDO_IN = 2.4 V to 5.5 V with internal low dropout (LDO) enabled, LDO_IN = AGND with internal LDO  
disabled, VDD = 1.71 V to 1.89 V with internal LDO disabled, VIO = 1.14 V to 1.98 V, AGND = REFGND = IOGND = 0 V, reference  
voltage (VREF) = 2.4 V to 5.1 V, REF = VREF, sample rate (fS) = 1 MSPS for the AD4696, fS = 500 kSPS for the AD4695, input frequency  
(fIN) = 1 kHz, digital output load capacitance = 20 pF, autocycle mode disabled, analog input high-Z mode enabled, reference input high-Z mode  
enabled, busy indicator and alert indicator not enabled on BSY_ALT_GP0, no active overvoltage protection clamps, and TA = −40°C to  
+125°C, unless otherwise noted.  
Table 1.  
Parameter  
Test Conditions/Comments  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
RESOLUTION  
16  
Bits  
ANALOG INPUT1, 2  
Input Voltage Range  
Positive ADC input voltage (IN+) – negative  
ADC input voltage (IN−)  
Unipolar Mode  
0
+VREF  
+VREF/2  
V
V
Pseudobipolar Mode  
Operating Input Voltage  
IN+ − REFGND  
−VREF/2  
IN− = REFGND  
0
−0.1  
+VREF  
VREF + 0.1  
V
V
IN− = COM, odd numbered input  
IN− = COM, odd numbered input  
Unipolar mode  
IN− − REFGND  
−0.1  
VREF/2 –  
0.1  
VREF + 0.1  
VREF/2 + 0.1  
V
V
Pseudobipolar mode  
VREF/2  
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR)  
Analog Input Leakage Current3  
SAMPLING DYNAMICS  
Sample Rate  
fIN = 250 kHz, IN− = COM, odd numbered input  
Autocycle mode disabled  
69.5  
10  
dB  
nA  
AD4695  
AD4696  
500  
1
kSPS  
MSPS  
Autocycle Sample Period  
Autocycle mode enabled  
AC_CYC = 0x0  
AC_CYC = 0x1  
AC_CYC = 0x2  
AC_CYC = 0x3  
AC_CYC = 0x4  
AC_CYC = 0x5  
AC_CYC = 0x6  
AC_CYC = 0x7  
8.5  
17  
10  
20  
11.5  
23  
μs  
μs  
34  
40  
46  
μs  
68  
80  
92  
μs  
85  
100  
200  
400  
800  
2
115  
230  
460  
920  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
170  
340  
680  
Aperture Delay  
ns  
Aperture Jitter  
0.5  
ps rms  
DC ACCURACY  
No Missing Codes  
16  
−1  
−0.6  
Bits  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
rms  
Integral Nonlinearity Error (INL)  
Differential Nonlinearity Error (DNL)  
Transition Noise  
VREF = 5 V, oversampling ratio (OSR) = 1  
VREF = 5 V, OSR = 1  
VREF = 5 V  
0.4  
0.3  
0.5  
+1  
+0.6  
Offset Error4  
VREF = 5 V, TA = 25°C  
0.03  
mV  
VREF = 5 V, TA = −40°C to +125°C  
VREF = 5 V, TA = 25°C  
VREF = 5 V, TA = −40°C to +125°C  
VREF = 5 V, TA = 25°C  
VREF = 5 V, TA = −40°C to +125°C  
VREF = 5 V, TA = 25°C  
VREF = 5 V, TA = −40°C to +125°C  
−0.43  
+0.43  
mV  
mV  
mV  
%FS5  
%FS  
%FS  
%FS  
Offset Error Match4  
Gain Error4  
0.025  
0.001  
0.002  
−0.23  
+0.23  
−0.025  
−0.012  
+0.025  
+0.012  
Gain Error Match4  
Rev. 0 | Page 4 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Parameter  
Test Conditions/Comments  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
AC PERFORMANCE  
Dynamic Range  
VREF = 5 V  
OSR = 1  
OSR = 4  
OSR = 16  
OSR = 64  
OSR = 1  
OSR = 4  
OSR = 16  
OSR = 64  
Bandwidth = 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz  
VREF = 5 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 4.096 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 2.5 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 5 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 4.096 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 2.5 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 5 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 4.096 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 2.5 V, fIN = 1 kHz  
VREF = 5 V  
93.4  
99.3  
105.3  
111.2  
37.8  
19.2  
9.6  
4.9  
5
93  
91.3  
87  
−117  
−117.5  
−119  
93  
91.3  
87  
121  
−123  
−100  
−110  
11.7  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
μV rms  
μV rms  
μV rms  
μV rms  
μV p-p  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
Input RMS Noise  
1/f Noise  
Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR)  
91.25  
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)  
Signal-to-Noise-and-Distortion (SINAD)  
Spurious-Free Dynamic Range (SFDR)  
Channel to Channel Isolation  
Channel to Channel Memory  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
fIN = 100 kHz  
fIN = 100 kHz, fS = 1 MSPS  
fIN = 100 kHz, fS = 500 kSPS  
−3 dB Input Bandwidth  
REFERENCE  
MHz  
VREF Range  
2.4  
AVDD +  
0.25  
V
REF Leakage Current  
VREF = 5 V  
No active overvoltage protection clamps  
All clamps active, overvoltage reduced,  
current mode disabled  
165  
375  
nA  
μA  
All clamps active, overvoltage reduced,  
current mode enabled  
8
μA  
REF Average Input Current  
VREF = AVDD = 5 V  
Reference High-Z Mode Disabled  
fS = 10 kSPS, unipolar mode  
fS = 500 kSPS, unipolar mode  
fS = 1 MSPS, unipolar mode  
fS = 10 kSPS, pseudobipolar mode  
fS = 500 kSPS, pseudobipolar mode  
fS = 1 MSPS, pseudobipolar mode  
fS = 10 kSPS, unipolar mode  
fS = 500 kSPS, unipolar mode  
fS = 1 MSPS, unipolar mode  
fS = 10 kSPS, pseudobipolar mode  
fS = 500 kSPS, pseudobipolar mode  
fS = 1 MSPS, pseudobipolar mode  
3.3  
160  
320  
4.0  
195  
390  
0.3  
6
μA  
μA  
µA  
μA  
μA  
µA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
µA  
Reference High-Z Mode Enabled  
12  
0.4  
11  
22  
TEMPERATURE SENSOR  
Temperature Sensor Voltage  
TA = 25°C  
TA = 0°C  
TA = −40°C to +125°C  
680  
725  
−1.8  
mV  
mV  
mV/°C  
Temperature Sensitivity  
Rev. 0 | Page 5 of 96  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Parameter  
Test Conditions/Comments  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
OVERVOLTAGE CLAMP  
External Series Resistance (REXT  
6
)
For stable clamp operation  
Overvoltage reduced current mode disabled  
Overvoltage reduced current mode enabled  
For stable clamp operation  
2000  
1000  
Ω
Ω
pF  
mA  
V
V
V
ns  
ns  
6
External Series Capacitance (CEXT  
Clamp Input Current  
Clamp Activation Voltage  
Clamp Deactivation Voltage  
Input Clamping Voltage  
Activation Time  
)
500  
For each active clamp  
5
VREF + 0.55  
VREF + 0.1  
Clamp current = 5 mA  
VREF + 0.2  
50  
100  
Deactivation Time  
DIGITAL INPUTS  
Logic Levels  
Input Low Voltage (VIL)  
Input High Voltage (VIH)  
Input Current (IL)  
−0.3  
0.7 × VIO  
−1  
+0.3 × VIO  
3.6  
+1  
V
V
µA  
pF  
Input Pin Capacitance  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
5
Conversion Mode Data Format  
Unipolar mode  
Straight binary  
Pseudo bipolar mode  
Twos complement  
Logic Levels  
Output Low Voltage (VOL)  
Output High Voltage (VOH)  
POWER REQUIREMENTS  
AVDD to AGND  
Digital output current = +500 µA  
Digital output current = −500 µA  
0.4  
V
V
VIO − 0.3  
3.15  
2.4  
5.5  
5.5  
V
V
V
V
V
LDO_IN to AGND  
Internal LDO enabled  
Internal LDO disabled  
Internal LDO disabled  
0
1.8  
VDD to AGND  
VIO to IOGND  
POWER SUPPLY CURRENT7  
Standby Current  
AVDD  
1.71  
1.14  
1.89  
1.98  
AVDD = 5 V  
160  
nA  
LDO_IN  
LDO_IN = 5 V  
Internal LDO enabled  
Internal LDO disabled  
VDD = 1.8 V, internal LDO disabled  
VIO = 1.8 V  
9
µA  
µA  
µA  
nA  
0.3  
1.5  
250  
VDD  
VIO  
AVDD Current (Conversion Mode)  
AVDD = 5 V  
Reference High-Z Mode Disabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Disabled  
fS = 10 kSPS  
680  
nA  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
fS = 10 kSPS  
26  
52  
13  
µA  
µA  
µA  
Reference High-Z Mode Enabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Enabled  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
0.64  
1.28  
0.73  
1.46  
mA  
mA  
LDO_IN Current (Conversion Mode)  
Reference High-Z Mode Disabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Disabled  
LDO_IN = 5 V, internal LDO enabled  
fS = 10 kSPS  
52  
µA  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
fS = 10 kSPS  
2
4
64  
mA  
mA  
µA  
Reference High-Z Mode Enabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Enabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 6 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Parameter  
Test Conditions/Comments  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
Min  
Typ  
2.6  
5.2  
Max  
3.3  
6.6  
Unit  
mA  
mA  
VDD Current (Conversion Mode)  
Reference High-Z Mode Disabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Disabled  
VDD = 1.8 V, internal LDO disabled  
fS = 10 kSPS  
42  
µA  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
fS = 10 kSPS  
2
4
53  
mA  
mA  
µA  
Reference High-Z Mode Enabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Enabled  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
2
5
3.2  
6.4  
mA  
mA  
VIO Dynamic Current  
Register Configuration Mode  
Conversion Mode  
VIO = 1.8 V  
Streaming mode, SCK frequency (fSCK) = 50 MHz  
Status bits enabled  
fS = 10 kSPS  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
125  
µA  
3.5  
162  
325  
µA  
µA  
µA  
360  
POWER DISSIPATION7  
AVDD = 5 V, VIO = 1.8 V  
Standby Power Dissipation  
Internal LDO Disabled  
Internal LDO Enabled  
VDD = 1.8 V  
LDO_IN = 5 V  
4
46  
µW  
µW  
Power Dissipation, Internal LDO Disabled  
Reference High-Z Mode Disabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Disabled  
LDO_IN = AGND, VDD = 1.8 V  
fS = 10 kSPS  
85  
µW  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
fS = 10 kSPS  
4
8
170  
mW  
mW  
µW  
Reference High-Z Mode Enabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Enabled  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
LDO_IN = 5 V  
fS = 10 kSPS  
8
16  
9.8  
19.5  
mW  
mW  
Power Dissipation, Internal LDO Enabled  
Reference High-Z Mode Disabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Disabled  
270  
µW  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
fS = 10 kSPS  
10.5  
21  
395  
mW  
mW  
µW  
Reference High-Z Mode Enabled,  
Analog Input High-Z Mode Enabled  
fS = 500 kSPS  
fS = 1 MSPS  
16.5  
33  
20.5  
41.0  
mW  
mW  
Autocycle Mode Power Dissipation  
LDO_IN = 5 V, internal LDO enabled,  
autocycle mode enabled  
AC_CYC = 0x0  
AC_CYC = 0x7  
2.3  
0.2  
mW  
mW  
TEMPERATURE RANGE  
Specified Performance  
TMIN to TMAX  
−40  
+125  
°C  
1 See the Channel Configuration Options section for a detailed description of unipolar mode, pseudo bipolar mode, and the channel pin assignment options.  
2 IN+ and IN− represent the analog inputs connected to the positive and negative inputs of the AD4695/AD4696 ADC core via the internal multiplexer (see the  
Multiplexer section and Channel Configuration Options section).  
3 The analog input leakage current specification refers to the input current of the analog input pins during periods when the ADC is not performing conversions and the  
analog input voltage is already settled.  
4 Offset error and gain error specifications are taken with the offset and gain correction registers set to the default values, which correspond to no offset or gain  
correction. See the Offset and Gain Correction section for more information.  
5 %FS is the percentage of the ADC full-scale (see the Transfer Function section for a definition of full scale).  
6 REXT and CEXT refer to the resistor and capacitor, respectively, that make up the recommended external RC filters at the analog inputs (see the External RC Filter section).  
7 For the power supply current and power dissipation specifications where analog input high-Z mode is enabled, analog input high-Z mode is set to be enabled for all  
channels. The power consumption scales with the percentage of conversions performed with analog input high-Z mode enabled.  
Rev. 0 | Page 7 of 96  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS  
AVDD= 3.15 V to 5.5 V, LDO_IN = 2.4 V to 5.5 V with internal LDO enabled, LDO_IN = AGND with internal LDO disabled, VDD =  
1.71 V to 1.89 V with internal LDO disabled, VIO = 1.14 V to 1.98 V, AGND = REFGND = IOGND = 0 V, reference voltage (VREF) = 2.4 V  
to 5.1 V, REF = VREF, fS = 1 MSPS for the AD4696, fS = 500 kSPS for the AD4695, digital output load capacitance = 20 pF, autocycle mode  
disabled, no active overvoltage protection clamps, and TA = −40°C to +125°C, unless otherwise noted.  
Table 2.  
Parameter1  
Symbol  
tCONVERT  
tACQ  
Min  
Typ Max Unit  
Conversion Time  
Acquisition Time  
380 415  
ns  
Two-Cycle Command Mode, Standard Sequencer, or Advanced Sequencer Enabled  
fS = 1 MSPS  
fS = 500 kSPS  
Single-Cycle Command Mode2 Enabled  
715  
1715  
ns  
ns  
CNV Period (Time Between Conversions)  
tCYC  
fS = 1 MSPS, Autocycle Mode Disabled  
fS = 500 kSPS, Autocycle Mode Disabled  
1000  
2000  
ns  
ns  
Autocycle Mode Enabled  
AC_CYC = 0x0  
AC_CYC = 0x1  
AC_CYC = 0x2  
AC_CYC = 0x3  
AC_CYC = 0x4  
AC_CYC = 0x5  
AC_CYC = 0x6  
AC_CYC = 0x7  
8.5  
17  
34  
68  
85  
170  
340  
680  
10  
80  
5
10  
20  
40  
80  
11.5 μs  
23  
46  
92  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
100 115  
200 230  
400 460  
800 920  
CNV High Time  
CNV Low Time  
CS High Time  
tCNVH  
tCNVL  
tCSBH  
tEN  
CS Low to Digital Interface Ready Delay  
15  
15  
CS High to SDO High Impedance Delay  
tCSBDIS  
tSCK  
SCK Period  
Register Configuration Mode  
Conversion Mode  
40  
12.5  
ns  
ns  
SCK Low Time  
tSCKL  
Register Configuration Mode  
Conversion Mode  
16  
5
ns  
ns  
SCK High Time  
tSCKH  
Register Configuration Mode  
Conversion Mode  
SDI Data Setup Time Prior to SCK Rising Edge  
SDI Data Hold Time After SCK Rising Edge  
SCK Falling Edge to Data Remains Valid Delay  
SCK Falling Edge to Data Valid Delay  
Last SCK Edge to CNV Rising Edge Delay  
Last SCK Rising Edge to CS Rising Edge Delay  
16  
5
2
2
1.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tSSDI  
tHSDI  
tHSDO  
tDSDO  
tSCKCNV  
tSCKCSB  
tCNVBSY  
tCNVALT  
tACBSY  
10.5 ns  
80  
1
ns  
ns  
CNV Rising Edge to Busy Indicator Rising Edge (Busy Indicator Enabled on General-Purpose Pin)  
CNV Rising Edge to Alert Indicator Transition (Alert Indicator Enabled on General-Purpose Pin)  
Busy Indicator Low Time, Autocycle Mode Enabled (Busy Indicator Enabled on General-Purpose Pin)  
20  
425  
ns  
ns  
AC_CYC = 0x0  
AC_CYC = 0x1  
AC_CYC = 0x2  
AC_CYC = 0x3  
AC_CYC = 0x4  
8
µs  
µs  
µs  
µs  
µs  
16.5  
33.5  
67.5  
84.5  
Rev. 0 | Page 8 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Parameter1  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ Max Unit  
AC_CYC = 0x5  
AC_CYC = 0x6  
AC_CYC = 0x7  
Register Configuration Mode Setup Time  
RESET Low Time  
169  
339  
679  
20  
µs  
µs  
µs  
ns  
ns  
µs  
µs  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
tREGCONFIG  
tRESETL  
10  
Hardware Reset Delay (VDD Always Supplied)  
Software Reset Delay  
VDD Power-On Reset Delay  
VIO Power-On Reset Delay (VDD Supplied Externally)  
LDO_IN Power-On Reset Delay  
VIO Power-On Reset Delay (VDD Supplied by Internal LDO)  
LDO Wake-Up Command Power-On Reset Delay  
Hardware Reset Delay (Internal LDO Disabled)  
tHWR_DELAY 310  
tSWR_DELAY 310  
tPOR_VDD  
tPOR_VIO1  
tPOR_LDO  
2
1.3  
3.2  
3
3
3
tPOR_VIO2  
tWAKEUP_SW  
tWAKEUP_HW  
1 For all specifications, the relative voltages for the AVDD and REF inputs follow the operating conditions specified in the reference and power requirements sections of Table 1.  
2 The acquisition time for single-cycle command mode depends on the sample rate and SCK frequency (see the Single-Cycle Command Mode section).  
Rev. 0 | Page 9 of 96  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
Table 3.  
THERMAL RESISTANCE  
θJA is specified for worst case conditions and is the natural  
convection junction to ambient thermal resistance measured in  
a one cubic foot sealed enclosure. θJC is the junction to case  
thermal resistance.  
Parameter  
Rating  
Analog Inputs  
INn1, COM to REFGND  
Reference Inputs  
REF to AGND, REFGND, IOGND  
Supply Inputs  
−0.3 V to REF + 0.3 V  
−0.3 V to +6 V  
Thermal resistance values specified in Table 4 were calculated  
based on JEDEC specifications and must be used in compliance  
with JESD51-12. The worst case junction temperature is reported.  
AVDD, LDO_IN to AGND, REFGND, IOGND −0.3 V to +6 V  
VDD, VIO to AGND, REFGND, IOGND  
AVDD to LDO_IN  
AVDD, LDO_IN to REF  
VDD, VIO to AVDD, LDO_IN, REF  
VDD to VIO  
−0.3 V to +2.1 V  
−6.3 V to +6.3 V  
−6.3 V to +6.3 V  
−6.3 V to +2.4 V  
−2.4 V to +2.4 V  
θJA is highly dependent on the application and board layout. In  
applications where high maximum power dissipation exists,  
close attention to thermal board design is required. The θJA  
value can vary depending on printed circuit board (PCB) material,  
layout, and environmental conditions.  
Ground  
Table 4. Thermal Resistance  
AGND, IOGND to REFGND  
AGND to IOGND  
Digital Inputs2 to IOGND  
Digital Outputs2 to IOGND  
Storage Temperature Range  
Junction Temperature  
−0.3 V to +0.3 V  
−0.3 V to +0.3 V  
−0.3 V to +6 V  
−0.3 V to VIO + 0.3 V  
−65°C to +150°C  
150°C  
Package Type  
θJA  
40.21  
θJC  
17.52  
Unit  
CP-32-7  
°C/W  
1 Simulated values are based on the JEDEC 2S2P thermal test board with nine  
thermal vias in a JEDEC natural convection environment. See JEDEC JESD51.  
2 Simulated values are measured to the package top surface with a cold plate  
attached directly to the package top surface.  
Lead Temperature Soldering  
260°C reflow, as per  
JEDEC J-STD-020  
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) RATINGS  
The following ESD information is provided for handling of  
ESD-sensitive devices in an ESD protected area only.  
1 INn refers to the analog inputs, Pin IN0 through Pin IN15.  
2 See the Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions section for a list of the  
digital input and digital output pins.  
Human body model (HBM) per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001.  
Stresses at or above those listed under Absolute Maximum  
Ratings may cause permanent damage to the product. This is a  
stress rating only; functional operation of the product at these  
or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational  
section of this specification is not implied. Operation beyond  
the maximum operating conditions for extended periods may  
affect product reliability.  
Field induced charged device model (FICDM) per  
ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-002.  
ESD Ratings for AD4695/AD4696  
Table 5. AD4695/AD4696, 32-Lead LFCSP  
ESD Model  
Withstand Threshold (kV)  
Class  
3A  
HBM  
4
FICDM  
1.25  
C3  
ESD CAUTION  
Rev. 0 | Page 10 of 96  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
IN5 1  
24 CNV  
23  
2
IN6  
IN7 3  
SDI  
22 SCK  
AD4695/  
AD4696  
COM  
IN8  
IN9  
SDO  
4
5
6
21  
20  
19  
BSY_ALT_GP0  
IOGND  
TOP VIEW  
(Not to Scale)  
IN10 7  
IN11 8  
18 VIO  
17  
RESET  
NOTES  
1. EXPOSED PAD. THE EXPOSED PAD IS NOT  
CONNECTED INTERNALLY. FOR INCREASED  
RELIABILITY OF THE SOLDER JOINTS, IT IS  
RECOMMENDED THAT THE PAD BE SOLDERED  
TO THE SYSTEM GROUND PLANE.  
Figure 2. Pin Configuration  
Table 6. Pin Function Descriptions  
Pin  
No.  
Mnemonic.  
IN5  
IN6  
IN7  
COM  
Type1 Description  
1
2
3
4
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
Analog Input 5.  
Analog Input 6.  
Analog Input 7.  
Common Channel Input. IN0 to IN15 can be paired with COM for the ADC core to sample the differential voltage  
between them. COM is nominally tied to signal ground (unipolar mode) or VREF/2 (pseudobipolar mode).  
See the Channel Configuration Options section for a detailed description on pairing inputs, unipolar  
mode, and pseudobipolar mode.  
5
6
7
8
IN8  
IN9  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
P
Analog Input 8.  
Analog Input 9.  
Analog Input 10.  
Analog Input 11.  
Analog Input 12.  
Analog Input 13.  
Analog Input 14.  
Analog Input 15.  
IN10  
IN11  
IN12  
IN13  
IN14  
IN15  
AGND  
AVDD  
LDO_IN  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Analog Supply Ground. AVDD, LDO_IN, and VDD are referenced to AGND.  
Analog Power Supply. AVDD is nominally 3.15 V to 5.5 V. Decouple AVDD to AGND with a local 100 nF capacitor.  
Internal LDO Input. LDO_IN is nominally 2.4 V to 5.5 V when the internal LDO is enabled. Decouple LDO_IN  
to AGND with a local 100 nF capacitor. If powering VDD with an external 1.8 V rail, tie LDO_IN to AGND.  
See the Internal LDO section for more information.  
P
P
16  
VDD  
P
ADC Core Power Supply. VDD is nominally 1.8 V. When powering VDD from the internal LDO, leave VDD  
floating. When powering VDD from an external rail, disable the internal LDO. Decouple VDD to AGND with  
a local 100 nF capacitor.  
17  
18  
RESET  
VIO  
DI  
P
Hardware Reset Input. Drive RESET low to perform a hardware reset of the device and reset the register  
states to the default values (see the Device Reset section).  
Input/Output Interface Digital Power. VIO is nominally the same supply as the host interface (for example,  
1.2 V to 1.8 V). Decouple VIO to IOGND with a local 100 nF capacitor.  
19  
20  
IOGND  
P
Input/Output Interface Digital Supply Ground. VIO is referenced to IOGND.  
BSY_ALT_GP0 DI/DO General-Purpose Pin 0. BSY_ALT_GP0 can be configured to function as a general-purpose input/output  
(GPIO), the threshold detection alert indicator, the busy indicator, or a second serial data output (see the  
General-Purpose Pin section).  
21  
SDO  
DO  
Serial Data Output. When the device is configured in register configuration mode, SDO is used to read the  
configuration register data during SPI read transactions. When the device is configured in conversion mode,  
SDO is used to read the conversion results. Data output is synchronized to the falling edge of SCK.  
Rev. 0 | Page 11 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Pin  
No.  
Mnemonic.  
Type1 Description  
22  
SCK  
DI  
Serial Data Clock Input. SCK is used to clock out data on SDO and clock in data on SDI while the device is  
configured in either register configuration mode or conversion mode.  
23  
24  
25  
SDI  
CNV  
CS  
DI  
Serial Data Input. When the device is configured in register configuration mode, SDI is used to perform SPI  
read and write transactions to access the configuration registers. In conversion mode, SDI receives 5-bit  
commands from the digital host, as shown in Table 16.  
Convert Input. When the device is configured in conversion mode, a rising edge on CNV initiates a  
conversion of the selected analog input. The AD4695/AD4696 can interface to a 4-wire SPI by tying CNV to  
CS. See the Digital Interface Operation section for more information.  
DI  
DI  
Chip Select Input. When configured in register configuration mode, CS frames SPI read and write transactions  
that accesses the configuration registers. When the device is configured in conversion mode, CS can either be  
held low throughout the entire conversion or used to frame SPI transactions that read back conversion  
results. The AD4695/AD4696 can interface to a 4-wire SPI by tying CNV to CS. See the Digital Interface  
Operation section for more information.  
26  
27  
REFGND  
REF  
P
Reference Ground. REF is referenced to REGND. IN0 to IN15 can be paired with REFGND to the ADC core to  
sample the differential voltage between them. See the Channel Configuration Options section for a  
detailed description on pairing inputs.  
Reference Input. VREF must be provided by an external precision reference voltage between 2.4 V and  
5.1 V. The REF pin must be decoupled with a minimum 1 μF capacitor for optimal operation. See the  
Voltage Reference Input section for more information.  
AI  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
IN0  
IN1  
IN2  
IN3  
IN4  
EPAD  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
AI  
NC  
Analog Input 0.  
Analog Input 1.  
Analog Input 2.  
Analog Input 3.  
Analog Input 4.  
Exposed Pad. The exposed pad is not connected internally. For increased reliability of the solder joints, it is  
recommended that the pad be soldered to the system ground plane.  
1 AI is analog input, P is power, DI is digital input, DO is digital output, and NC is no internal connection.  
Rev. 0 | Page 12 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
AVDD = LDO_IN = 5 V, VIO = 1.8 V, VREF = 5 V, fSCK = 50 MHz, unipolar mode, analog input high-Z mode enabled, reference input  
high-Z mode enabled, internal LDO enabled, fS = 1 MSPS for the AD4696, fS = 500 kSPS for the AD4695, no active clamps, autocycle  
mode disabled, OSR = 1, and TA = 25°C, unless otherwise specified.  
0.5  
0.5  
+125°C  
+25°C  
–40°C  
+125°C  
+25°C  
–40°C  
0.4  
0.4  
0.3  
0.3  
0.2  
0.2  
0.1  
0.1  
0
0
–0.1  
–0.2  
–0.3  
–0.4  
–0.5  
–0.1  
–0.2  
–0.3  
–0.4  
–0.5  
0
0
0
8192 16384 24576 32768 40960 49152 57344 65536  
CODE  
0
0
0
8192 16384 24576 32768 40960 49152 57344 65536  
CODE  
Figure 3. INL vs. Code, VREF = 5 V  
Figure 6. DNL vs. Code, VREF = 5 V  
0.5  
0.4  
0.5  
0.4  
+125°C  
+25°C  
–40°C  
+125°C  
+25°C  
–40°C  
0.3  
0.3  
0.2  
0.2  
0.1  
0.1  
0
0
–0.1  
–0.2  
–0.3  
–0.4  
–0.5  
–0.1  
–0.2  
–0.3  
–0.4  
–0.5  
8192 16384 24576 32768 40960 49152 57344 65536  
CODE  
8192 16384 24576 32768 40960 49152 57344 65536  
CODE  
Figure 4. INL vs. Code, VREF = 4.096 V  
Figure 7. DNL vs. Code, VREF = 4.096 V  
0.5  
0.4  
0.5  
0.4  
+125°C  
+25°C  
–40°C  
+125°C  
+25°C  
–40°C  
0.3  
0.3  
0.2  
0.2  
0.1  
0.1  
0
0
–0.1  
–0.2  
–0.3  
–0.4  
–0.5  
–0.1  
–0.2  
–0.3  
–0.4  
–0.5  
8192 16384 24576 32768 40960 49152 57344 65536  
CODE  
8192 16384 24576 32768 40960 49152 57344 65536  
CODE  
Figure 5. INL vs. Code, VREF = 2.5 V  
Figure 8. DNL vs. Code, VREF = 2.5 V  
Rev. 0 | Page 13 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
900000  
800000  
700000  
600000  
500000  
400000  
300000  
200000  
100000  
0
600000  
500000  
400000  
300000  
200000  
100000  
0
V
V
= 5.0V  
= 2.5V  
V
V
= 5.0V  
= 2.5V  
REF  
REF  
REF  
REF  
32764 32765 32766 32767 32768 32769 32770 32771 32772  
ADC CODE  
32764 32765 32766 32767 32768 32769 32770 32771  
ADC CODE  
Figure 9. Histogram of a DC Input at Code Center, OSR = 1  
Figure 12. Histogram of a DC Input at Code Transition, OSR = 1  
50000  
45000  
40000  
35000  
30000  
25000  
20000  
15000  
10000  
5000  
50000  
V
V
= 5.0V  
= 2.5V  
V
V
= 5.0V  
= 2.5V  
REF  
REF  
REF  
REF  
45000  
40000  
35000  
30000  
25000  
20000  
15000  
10000  
5000  
0
0
ADC CODE  
ADC CODE  
Figure 10. Histogram of a DC Input at Code Center, OSR = 64  
Figure 13. Histogram of a DC Input at Code Transition, OSR = 64  
112  
110  
108  
106  
104  
102  
100  
98  
674  
673  
672  
671  
670  
669  
668  
96  
94  
92  
1
4
16  
64  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
OSR  
TIME (SECONDS)  
Figure 11. Dynamic Range vs. OSR  
Figure 14. 1/f Noise (0.1 Hz to 10 Hz Bandwidth), 50 kSPS,  
2500 Samples Averaged per Reading  
Rev. 0 | Page 14 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
0
0
–20  
262144 SAMPLES  
= 5V  
SNR = 93.4dB  
THD = –119.3dB  
SINAD = 93.4dB  
262144 SAMPLES  
V
V
= 2.5V  
REF  
REF  
–20  
SNR = 88.8dB  
THD = –120.9dB  
SINAD = 88.8dB  
–40  
–40  
–60  
–60  
–80  
–80  
–100  
–140  
–180  
–100  
–140  
–180  
–200  
–200  
100  
1000  
10000  
100000  
100  
1000  
10000  
100000  
FREQUENCY (Hz)  
FREQUENCY (Hz)  
Figure 15. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), fIN = 1 kHz, VREF = 5 V,  
OSR = 1  
Figure 18. FFT, fIN = 1 kHz, VREF = 2.5 V, OSR = 1  
0
0
–20  
65536 SAMPLES  
REF  
SNR = 110.3dB  
THD = –119.7dB  
SINAD = 109.9dB  
65536 SAMPLES  
V
= 5V  
V
= 5V  
REF  
–20  
–40  
SNR = 106.1dB  
THD = –125.6dB  
SINAD = 106.0dB  
–40  
–60  
–60  
–80  
–80  
–100  
–140  
–180  
–200  
–100  
–140  
–180  
–200  
10  
100  
FREQUENCY (Hz)  
1000  
10  
100  
FREQUENCY (Hz)  
1000  
Figure 16. FFT, fIN = 1 kHz, VREF = 5 V, OSR = 64  
Figure 19. FFT, fIN = 1 kHz, VREF = 2.5 V, OSR = 64  
94  
–80  
5.10  
5.05  
5.00  
4.95  
4.90  
4.85  
4.80  
4.75  
4.70  
4.65  
4.60  
–85  
93  
92  
91  
90  
89  
88  
87  
–90  
–95  
SNR  
SINAD  
THD  
–100  
–105  
–110  
–115  
–120  
–125  
R
= 200Ω, C  
= 500pF  
EXT  
EXT  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
100  
1k  
10k  
100k  
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz)  
TIME (μs)  
Figure 17. SNR, SINAD, and THD vs. Input Frequency  
Figure 20. Analog Input Voltage Step with Analog Input High-Z Mode  
Disabled and Enabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 15 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
94  
15.3  
15.2  
15.1  
15.0  
14.9  
14.8  
14.7  
14.6  
14.5  
14.4  
14.3  
–113  
–114  
–115  
–116  
–117  
–118  
–119  
121  
120  
119  
118  
117  
116  
115  
SNR  
SINAD  
93  
ENOB  
THD  
SFDR  
92  
91  
90  
89  
88  
2.4  
2.7  
3.0  
3.3  
3.6  
3.9  
(V)  
4.2  
4.5  
4.8  
5.3  
2.4  
2.7  
3.0  
3.3  
3.6  
3.9  
4.2  
4.5  
4.8  
5.1  
V
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
REF  
Figure 24. THD and SFDR vs. Temperature, fIN = 1 kHz  
Figure 21. SNR, SINAD, and Effective Number of Bits (ENOB) vs. VREF  
fIN = 1 kHz  
,
–104  
–106  
–108  
–110  
–112  
–114  
–116  
–118  
–120  
–122  
130  
125  
120  
115  
110  
105  
94.0  
93.8  
93.6  
93.4  
93.2  
93.0  
92.8  
92.6  
92.4  
15.26  
15.24  
15.22  
15.20  
15.18  
15.16  
15.14  
15.12  
15.10  
15.08  
15.06  
THD  
SNR  
SFDR  
SINAD  
ENOB  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 25. THD and SFDR vs. Temperature, fIN = 1 kHz  
Figure 22. SNR, SINAD, and ENOB vs. Temperature, fIN = 1 kHz  
93.35  
93.30  
93.25  
93.20  
93.15  
93.10  
93.05  
93.00  
92.95  
92.90  
93.35  
93.30  
SNR (dB)  
SNR (dB)  
SINAD (dB)  
SINAD (dB)  
93.25  
93.20  
93.15  
93.10  
93.05  
93.00  
92.95  
92.90  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
Figure 26. SNR, SINAD vs. Number of Active Clamps,  
Reduced Current Mode Enabled  
Figure 23. SNR, SINAD vs. Number of Active Clamps,  
Reduced Current Mode Disabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 16 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
100  
0.0020  
0.0015  
0.0010  
0.0005  
0
IN0  
IN1  
IN2  
IN3  
IN4  
IN5  
IN6  
IN7  
IN8  
IN0  
IN1  
IN2  
IN3  
IN4  
IN5  
IN6  
IN7  
IN8  
IN9  
IN9  
80  
IN10  
IN11  
IN12  
IN13  
IN14  
IN15  
IN10  
IN11  
IN12  
IN13  
IN14  
IN15  
60  
40  
20  
0
–20  
–40  
–60  
–80  
–0.0005  
–0.0010  
–0.0015  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 27. Offset Error vs. Temperature  
Figure 30. Gain Error vs. Temperature  
30  
0.00100  
0.00075  
0.00050  
0.00025  
0
20  
10  
0
–10  
–20  
–30  
–40  
–0.00025  
–0.00050  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
Figure 28. Offset Error vs. Number of Active Clamps,  
Clamp Current = 5 mA, Reduced Current Mode Disabled  
Figure 31. Gain Error vs. Number of Active Clamps,  
Clamp Current = 5 mA, Reduced Current Mode Disabled  
30  
0.00100  
20  
10  
0.00075  
0.00050  
0.00025  
0
0
–10  
–20  
–30  
–40  
–0.00025  
–0.00050  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
Figure 29. Offset Error vs. Number of Active Clamps,  
Clamp Current = 5 mA, Reduced Current Mode Enabled  
Figure 32. Gain Error vs. Number of Active Clamps,  
Clamp Current = 5 mA, Reduced Current Mode Enabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 17 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
65  
60  
55  
50  
–100  
–105  
–110  
–115  
–120  
–125  
–130  
–135  
–140  
–145  
–150  
AGGRESSOR ON 1 CHANNEL  
AGGRESSOR ON 15 CHANNELS  
100  
1000  
10000  
100000  
1000000  
1k  
10k  
100k  
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz)  
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz)  
Figure 33. CMRR vs. Input Frequency  
Figure 36. Channel to Channel Isolation vs. Input Frequency  
110  
0.85  
0.80  
0.75  
0.70  
0.65  
0.60  
0.55  
0.50  
0.45  
0.40  
100  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
AVDD  
LDO_IN  
VDD  
VIO  
100  
1k  
10k  
100k  
1M  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
FREQUENCY (Hz)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 34. PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 37. Temperature Sensor Output vs. Temperature  
5.4  
5.2  
5.0  
4.8  
4.6  
4.4  
4.2  
4.0  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SOURCE VOLTAGE RISING  
SOURCE VOLTAGE FALLING  
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
ANALOG SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
ANALOG SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 35. Analog Input Voltage vs. Analog Source Voltage,  
REXT = 1 kΩ, VREF = 5 V  
Figure 38. Analog Input Current vs. Analog Source Voltage,  
REXT = 1 kΩ, VREF = 5 V  
Rev. 0 | Page 18 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
0.35  
400  
350  
300  
250  
200  
150  
100  
50  
OVERVOLTAGE REDUCED CURRENT MODE DISABLED  
OVERVOLTAGE REDUCED CURRENT MODE ENABLED  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
0.30  
0.25  
0.20  
0.15  
0.10  
0.05  
0
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
1
3
5
7
9
11  
13  
15  
17  
NUMBER OF ACTIVE CLAMPS  
Figure 39. Reference Input Current vs. Sample Rate, VREF = 5 V  
Figure 42. Additional Reference Input Current vs. Number of Active  
Clamps, Clamp Current = 5 mA, VREF = 5 V  
0.35  
6
0.30  
5
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
LDO_IN  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
0.25  
0.20  
0.15  
0.10  
0.05  
0
4
3
VDD (C  
= 1µF)  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD (C  
= 10µF)  
2
1
0
–1  
–0.5  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TIME (ms)  
Figure 40. Reference Input Current vs. Temperature, VREF = 5 V,  
Frequency of CNV Signal (fCNV) = 1 MSPS  
Figure 43. LDO_IN, VDD Voltage vs. Time,  
CVDD is the VDD Decoupling Capacitance  
0.35  
0.30  
0.25  
0.20  
0.15  
14  
12  
10  
8
VIO = 1.2V  
VIO = 1.8V  
6
0.10  
4
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
0.05  
0
2
0
2.4  
2.7  
3
3.3  
3.6  
3.9  
4.2  
4.5  
4.8  
5.1  
0
50  
100  
150  
200  
250  
REFERENCE VOLTAGE (V)  
DIGITAL OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
Figure 41. Reference Input Current vs. Reference Voltage,  
fS = 1 MSPS and 500 kSPS  
Figure 44. tDSDO vs. Digital Output Load Capacitance  
Rev. 0 | Page 19 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
1.4  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
1.0  
0.5  
0
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
Figure 45. AVDD Current vs. Sample Rate  
Figure 48. LDO_IN Current vs. Sample Rate, Internal LDO Enabled  
1.6  
6.5  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
6.0  
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
3.15  
3.65  
4.15  
4.65  
5.15  
2.4  
2.9  
3.4  
3.9  
4.4  
4.9  
5.4  
AVDD VOLTAGE (V)  
LDO_IN VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 46. AVDD Current vs. AVDD Voltage  
Figure 49. LDO_IN Current vs. LDO_IN Voltage, Internal LDO Enabled  
1.6  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
6.5  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
6.0  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
3.5  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
3.0  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
2.5  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
2.0  
1.5  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 47. AVDD Current vs. Temperature  
Figure 50. LDO_IN Current vs. Temperature, Internal LDO Enabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 20 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
5.0  
300  
250  
200  
150  
100  
50  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
4.5  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
1.0  
0.5  
0
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
Figure 51. VDD Current vs. Sample Rate, Internal LDO Disabled  
Figure 54. VIO Current vs. Sample Rate, Conversion Mode,  
OSR = 1  
6.5  
300  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
6.0  
280  
260  
240  
220  
200  
180  
160  
140  
120  
100  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
1MSPS  
500kSPS  
1.71 1.73 1.75 1.77 1.79 1.81 1.83 1.85 1.87 1.89  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
VDD VOLTAGE (V)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 52. VDD Current vs. VDD Voltage, Internal LDO Disabled  
Figure 55. VIO Current vs. Temperature, Conversion Mode,  
OSR = 1  
6.5  
120  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
AVDD CURRENT  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
LDO_IN CURRENT (INTERNAL LDO ENABLED)  
VDD CURRENT (INTERNAL LDO DISABLED)  
VIO CURRENT  
6.0  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
100  
80  
60  
40  
20  
0
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 53. VDD Current vs. Temperature, Internal LDO Disabled  
Figure 56. Standby Current vs. Temperature  
Rev. 0 | Page 21 of 96  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
16  
35  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
14  
12  
10  
8
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED  
6
4
2
0
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000  
SAMPLE RATE (kSPS)  
Figure 57. Power Consumption vs. Sample Rate, Internal LDO Disabled  
Figure 59. Power Consumption vs. Sample Rate, Internal LDO Enabled  
18  
16  
14  
40  
35  
30  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
12  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
25  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
10  
8
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
20  
6
15  
4
10  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
2
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
5
ANALOG INPUT HIGH-Z MODE,  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
REFERENCE INPUT HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
0
–40  
0
–40  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
–20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
Figure 60. Power Consumption vs. Temperature, Internal LDO Enabled,  
fS = 1 MSPS and 500 kSPS  
Figure 58. Power Consumption vs. Temperature, Internal LDO Disabled,  
fS = 1 MSPS and 500 kSPS  
Rev. 0 | Page 22 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
TERMINOLOGY  
Integral Nonlinearity Error (INL)  
Dynamic Range  
INL is the maximum deviation from a straight line passing through  
the endpoints of the ADC transfer function. The endpoints of the  
transfer function are zero scale, a point ½ LSB below the first  
code transition, and full scale, a point ½ LSB above the last code  
transition.  
Dynamic range is the ratio of the rms value of the full scale to  
the total rms noise measured with the inputs shorted together.  
The value for dynamic range is expressed in dB and is measured  
with a signal at −60 dBFS to include all noise sources and DNL  
artifacts.  
Differential Nonlinearity Error (DNL)  
Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR)  
In an ideal ADC, code transitions are 1 LSB apart. DNL is the  
maximum deviation from this ideal value. DNL is often specified  
in terms of resolution for which no missing codes are guaranteed.  
SNR is the ratio of the rms value of the actual input signal to  
the rms sum of all other spectral components below the Nyquist  
frequency, excluding harmonics and dc. The value for SNR is  
expressed in dB.  
Offset Error  
Signal-to-Noise-and-Distortion (SINAD) Ratio  
The offset error is the deviation of the measured transition  
between −FSR and −FSR + 1 from the ideal transition, measured in  
volts. The ideal transition between −FSR and −FSR + 1 occurs  
at an analog input level ½ LSB above the IN− voltage (see the  
Transfer Function section).  
SINAD is the measured ratio of signal-to-noise-and-distortion  
at the output of the ADC. The signal is the rms amplitude of  
the fundamental. Noise is the sum of all nonfundamental  
signals up to half the sampling frequency (fS/2), excluding dc.  
Channel to -Channel Memory  
Offset Error Match  
Channel to channel memory is a measure of the level of crosstalk  
that occurs when switching between channels in a channel  
sequence. It is measured by applying a full-scale, 100 kHz signal  
to one analog input channel and a dc voltage on another analog  
input channel, and repeatedly switching between the two channels  
between each conversion. The channel-to-channel memory is  
the magnitude at 100 kHz in the spectrum measured from the  
dc channel data.  
Offset error match is the difference in offset error between any  
two input channels.  
Gain Error  
The gain error is the deviation of the measured transition between  
+FSR − 1 and +FSR from the ideal transition, and is measured in  
percentage of full scale (%FS). The ideal transition between +FSR −  
1 and +FSR occurs for an analog input level 1½ LSB below the  
nominal full scale (see the Transfer Function section).  
Channel to Channel Isolation  
Gain Error Match  
Gain error match is the difference in gain error between any  
two input channels.  
Channel to channel isolation is a measure of the level of crosstalk  
from a signal on an inactive channel to an active channel. To  
measure channel to channel isolation, apply a dc input to one  
analog input channel and a full-scale, 100 kHz sine wave signal  
to all other analog input channels and perform conversions  
only on the dc input channel. The channel to channel isolation  
is the magnitude at 100 kHz in the spectrum measured from  
the dc channel data.  
Spurious-Free Dynamic Range (SFDR)  
SFDR is the difference, in decibels (dB), between the rms  
amplitude of the input signal and the peak spurious signal.  
Effective Number of Bits (ENOB)  
ENOB is a measurement of the resolution with a sine wave  
input and is related to SINAD by the following formula:  
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)  
THD is the ratio of the rms sum of harmonics to the fundamental  
and is defined as  
ENOB = (SINAD − 1.76)/6.02  
ENOB is expressed in bits.  
2
2
2
2
2
V2 V3 V4 V5 V6  
Noise Free Code Resolution  
THD dB 20 log  
   
V1  
Noise free code resolution is the number of bits beyond which  
it is impossible to distinctly resolve individual codes. To calculate  
the resolution, use the following equation:  
where:  
V1 is the rms amplitude of the fundamental.  
V2, V3, V4, V5, and V6 are the rms amplitudes of the second  
Noise Free Code Resolution = log2 (2N/Peak-to Peak-Noise)  
through the sixth harmonic.  
Noise free code resolution is expressed in bits.  
Aperture Delay  
Aperture delay is the measure of the acquisition performance.  
Aperture delay is the time between the rising edge of the CNV  
input and when the input signal is held for a conversion.  
Rev. 0 | Page 23 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
contents. Conversion mode is used to initiate conversions and  
read back conversion results. The fast conversion time of the  
AD4695/AD4696 allows low serial clock rates to read back  
conversions even when running at full throughput. The AD4695/  
AD4696 support 4-wire SPI protocol and have optional dual-SDO  
mode that enable slower SCK rates by shifting out conversion  
results on multiple data outputs in parallel.  
OVERVIEW  
The AD4695/AD4696 are low power, 16-channel, 16-bit,  
500 kSPS/1 MSPS, multiplexed, precision SAR ADCs. The  
AD4695/AD4696 offer valid first conversion results even after  
being idle for long periods of time.  
The AD4695/AD4696 include features that simplify the design  
requirements of peripheral circuitry and facilitate high  
performance data acquisition system designs with low power  
consumption and high channel density. These features include  
the following:  
The power consumption of the AD4695/AD4696 scales  
with throughput because the ADC core powers down between  
conversions. When operating at 10 kSPS, for example, the AD4695/  
AD4696 typically consume 0.1 mW (with internal LDO, analog  
input high-Z mode, and reference high-Z mode disabled),  
making the devices suitable for battery-powered applications.  
16-bit SAR ADC core with no missing codes  
16 multiplexed analog inputs with low crosstalk multiplexer  
Flexible channel sequencing modes  
Analog input and reference high-Z mode  
Temperature sensor  
Input overvoltage protection clamps on each analog input  
Programmable threshold detection for each analog input  
Autocycle mode for performing conversions autonomously  
First-order offset and gain correction for each analog input  
Oversampling and decimation options for each analog input  
The AD4695/AD4696 are available in a 32-lead, 5 mm × 5 mm  
LFCSP.  
CONVERTER OPERATION  
The AD4695/AD4696 contain an SAR-based ADC core that  
utilizes a charge redistribution digital-to-analog-converter  
(DAC) to quantize the applied input voltage to an output code.  
Figure 61 shows a simplified schematic of the AD4695/AD4696  
SAR ADC core.  
When multiplexing between channels, the analog input high-Z  
mode feature reduces the nonlinear voltage steps that occur at  
the analog inputs. Analog input high-Z mode relaxes settling  
and bandwidth requirements of the analog front-end circuitry  
and allows lower bandwidth and lower power amplifiers to  
drive the analog inputs directly.  
The analog inputs and the temperature sensor are connected to  
the capacitor array inputs (ADCIN+ and ADCIN−) via the  
internal low crosstalk multiplexer, represented by SWMUX+ and  
SWMUX− in Figure 61. The multiplexer switches are controlled  
by the internal channel sequencing logic and are updated once  
per conversion (see the Multiplexer section and the Channel  
Sequencing Modes section).  
The reference input high-Z mode feature significantly reduces  
the REF input current while the ADC core performs conversions  
to relax the drive requirements of the reference circuitry. This  
feature allows the use of lower power references and smaller  
reference decoupling capacitors (1 μF) than with traditional  
SAR ADCs.  
The AD4695/AD4696 SAR ADC conversion routine consists of  
an acquisition phase and a conversion phase. The ADC remains in  
the acquisition phase until the conversion phase begins. During  
the acquisition phase, the capacitor array acquires the voltage on  
the analog input channel selected by the internal multiplexer.  
During the conversion phase, the ADC core samples the input  
voltage and generates a corresponding output code result.  
Figure 62 shows the data processing path for the conversion  
results generated by the AD4695/AD4696 ADC core.  
Each analog input is equipped with input overvoltage  
protection clamps to protect the device from overvoltage  
events. The circuits of the clamps are robust and prevent  
overvoltage events on an analog input from significantly  
impacting the performance of the other analog inputs.  
The AD4695/AD4696 must be in conversion mode to initiate  
the conversion phase (see the Conversion Mode section). In  
register configuration mode, the SAR ADC core remains in the  
acquisition phase.  
The AD4695/AD4696 include a variety of channel sequencing  
modes that provide a flexible means of performing conversions  
on a sequence of analog input channels. The standard sequencer  
and advanced sequencer allow a channel sequence to be  
preprogrammed and automatically progressed as conversions  
occur. Two-cycle command mode and single-cycle command  
mode allow the digital host to manually select from the  
channels with SPI commands.  
During the acquisition phase, the terminals of the capacitor  
array tied to the input of the comparator are connected to  
REFGND through the SW+ and SW− switches. All switches on  
the individual capacitors in the array are connected to ADCIN+  
and ADCIN−, and ADCIN+ and ADCIN− are connected to the  
The AD4695/AD4696 have an enhanced digital interface that  
is used to access the device register contents and initiate and read  
conversion results while providing additional utility. Register  
configuration mode is used to read and write to the register  
selected analog input channel through SWMUX+ and SWMUX−  
The acquisition phase ends immediately at the beginning of the  
conversion phase.  
.
Rev. 0 | Page 24 of 96  
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The conversion phase is initiated by a rising edge on the CNV  
input (in conversion mode only). When the conversion phase  
begins, SW+, SW−, SWMUX+, and SWMUX− open first and sample  
the analog input voltage on the capacitor arrays. The two capacitor  
arrays are then disconnected from ADCIN+ and ADCIN− and  
connected to REFGND. The sampled voltage is applied to the  
comparator inputs, which causes the comparator to become  
unbalanced. The ADC control logic performs a bit trial for each  
capacitor in the array, starting with the MSB, by switching each  
element of the capacitor array between REFGND and REF in  
sequence. During each bit trial, the comparator input varies by  
binary weighted voltage steps (VREF/2, VREF/4, …, VREF/65536),  
and the control logic acts to bring the comparator back into a  
balanced condition. The state of the comparator is recorded for  
each bit trial to produce the resulting conversion result. The  
conversion phase terminates when all bit trials are complete  
and the conversion result is ready.  
The delay between the end of each acquisition phase and the  
beginning of the following acquisition phase depends on the  
channel sequencing mode selected. When two-cycle command  
mode, the standard sequencer, or the advanced sequencer are  
enabled, the internal control logic determines the timing of the  
start of the next acquisition phase. When single-cycle command  
mode is enabled, the ADC core cannot enter the acquisition  
phase until the 5-bit channel command is received over the SPI  
(see the Single-Cycle Command Mode section).  
The minimum acquisition time specification (tACQ) in Table 2  
indicates the minimum amount of time that the AD4695/AD4696  
are in the acquisition phase when running at the maximum  
sample rate.  
When analog input high-Z mode is disabled, the switches that  
connect the analog inputs to the capacitor arrays close  
immediately at the start of the acquisition phase. When analog  
input high-Z mode is enabled, these switches close partway  
through the acquisition phase, but the resulting voltage kickback is  
significantly reduced. As a result, the settling time and bandwidth  
requirements of the analog front-end circuitry are reduced  
when analog input high-Z mode is enabled (see Figure 20 and  
the Signal Settling Requirements section).  
The SAR ADC core generates one output code for each conversion  
phase. Multiple output codes are averaged together to generate  
an oversampled ADC result when the active channel is configured  
with an OSR setting greater than 1 (see the Transfer Function  
section and Oversampling and Decimation section).  
The conversion time specification (tCONVERT) in Table 2 refers to  
the delay between a CNV rising edge and the end of the conversion  
phase. During the conversion phase, the ADC generates a busy  
indicator to communicate to the digital host when a conversion is  
complete and ready to be read via the SPI (see the Busy Indicator  
section). When enabled, the busy indicator transitions high at  
the start of the conversion phase, and transitions low at the end  
of the conversion phase.  
The AD4695/AD4696 ADC core is controlled by an internal  
clock, and the SPI serial clock (SCK) is not required for the  
conversion process.  
SW  
MUX+  
ADCIN+  
IN+  
SWITCHES CONTROL  
SW+  
LSB  
MSB  
32,768C 16,384C  
4C  
4C  
2C  
2C  
C
C
C
BUSY  
REF  
REFGND  
CONTROL  
LOGIC  
COMP  
32,768C 16,384C  
MSB  
C
OUTPUT CODE  
LSB  
SW–  
CNV  
SW  
MUX–  
IN–  
ADCIN–  
Figure 61. ADC Simplified Schematic  
Rev. 0 | Page 25 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
for channels configured in pseudo bipolar mode (see the  
Channel Configuration Options section).  
TRANSFER FUNCTION  
Figure 62 shows the AD4695/AD4696 data processing path. The  
SAR ADC core generates one 16-bit output code per conversion  
period. The OSR setting for the selected analog input channel  
determines how many consecutive 16-bit output codes results  
are averaged, and then the offset and gain correction settings are  
applied to generate the final result to be read over the SPI in  
conversion mode (see the Oversampling and Decimation section  
and the Offset and Gain Correction section).  
The AD4695/AD4696 include offset and gain correction for  
each channel that can be configured to compensate for first-  
order system errors. The offset and gain correction registers  
modify the ADC transfer function digitally (see the Offset and  
Gain Correction section).  
The ideal transfer function is shown in Figure 63. The Converting  
Between Codes and Volts section describes the relationship  
between output codes and input voltages vs. VREF, OSR, polarity  
modes, and offset and gain correction settings. Table 7 through  
Table 10 show examples of different voltage inputs and the  
corresponding results for each OSR and polarity mode option  
(assuming an ideal ADC transfer function and with the offset  
and gain correction values set to default values).  
The conversion result length is determined by the OSR setting.  
The conversion result resolution can range from 16 bits to 19 bits  
for an OSR of 1 and 64, respectively (see the Oversampling and  
Decimation section).  
The conversion result encoding format is determined by the  
selected polarity mode. The results are in straight binary format  
for channels configured in unipolar mode, and twos complement  
CNV  
CONVERSION  
RESULTS  
OVERSAMPLING  
ADC  
OFFSET  
AND  
AND GAIN  
CORE  
SPI  
DECIMATION  
CORRECTION  
BUSY  
THRESHOLD  
DETECTION  
ALERT_STATUSn[7:0]  
Figure 62. ADC Data Processing Path  
TWOS  
COMPLEMENT  
STRAIGHT  
BINARY  
011...111 111...111  
011...110 111...110  
011...101 111...101  
100...010 000...010  
100...001 000...001  
100...000 000...000  
–FSR  
–FSR + 1LSB  
+FSR – 1LSB  
+FSR – 1.5LSB  
ANALOG INPUT  
–FSR + 0.5LSB  
Figure 63. ADC Ideal Transfer Function (FSR Is Full-Scale Range)  
Table 7. Output Codes and Ideal Input Voltages, VREF = 5 V, OSR = 1  
Input Voltage in  
Unipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code  
(Straight Binary)  
Input Voltage in Pseudo  
Bipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code (Twos  
Complement)  
Description  
FSR − 1 LSB  
Midscale + 1 LSB  
Midscale  
Midscale − 1 LSB  
−FSR + 1 LSB  
−FSR  
4.999924 V  
2.500076 V  
2.5 V  
2.499924 V  
76.3 μV  
0 V  
0xFFFF  
0x8001  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x0001  
0x0000  
2.499924 V  
76.3 μV  
0 V  
−76.3 μV  
−2.499924 V  
−2.5 V  
0x7FFF  
0x0001  
0x0000  
0xFFFF  
0x8001  
0x8000  
Rev. 0 | Page 26 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Table 8. Output Codes and Ideal Input Voltages, VREF = 5 V, OSR = 4  
Input Voltage in  
Unipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code  
(Straight Binary)  
Input Voltage in Pseudo  
Bipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code (Twos  
Complement)  
Description  
FSR − 1 LSB  
4.999962 V  
0x1FFFF  
0x10001  
0x10000  
0x0FFFF  
0x00001  
0x00000  
2.499962 V  
38.1 μV  
0 V  
−38.1 μV  
−2.499962 V  
−2.5 V  
0x0FFFF  
0x00001  
0x00000  
0x1FFFF  
0x10001  
0x10000  
Midscale + 1 LSB 2.500038 V  
Midscale 2.5 V  
Midscale − 1 LSB 2.499962 V  
−FSR + 1 LSB  
−FSR  
38.1 μV  
0 V  
Table 9. Output Codes and Ideal Input Voltages, VREF = 5 V, OSR = 16  
Input Voltage in  
Unipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code  
(Straight Binary)  
Input Voltage in Pseudo  
Bipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code (Twos  
Complement)  
Description  
FSR − 1 LSB  
4.999981 V  
0x3FFFF3  
0x20001  
0x20000  
0x1FFFF  
0x00001  
0x000004  
2.499981 V  
19.1 μV  
0 V  
−19.1 μV  
−2.499981 V  
−2.5 V  
0x1FFFF  
0x00001  
0x00000  
0x3FFFF  
0x20001  
0x20000  
Midscale + 1 LSB 2.500019 V  
Midscale 2.5 V  
Midscale − 1 LSB 2.499981 V  
−FSR + 1 LSB  
−FSR  
19.1 μV  
0 V  
Table 10. Output Codes and Ideal Input Voltages, VREF = 5 V, OSR = 64  
Input Voltage in  
Unipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code  
(Straight Binary)  
Input Voltage in Pseudo  
Bipolar Mode  
Digital Output Code (Twos  
Complement)  
Description  
FSR − 1 LSB  
Midscale + 1 LSB  
Midscale  
Midscale − 1 LSB  
−FSR + 1 LSB  
−FSR  
4.999910 V  
2.500010 V  
2.5 V  
2.499990 V  
9.54 μV  
0 V  
0x7FFFF3  
0x40001  
0x40000  
0x3FFFF  
0x00001  
0x000004  
2.499990 V  
9.54 μV  
0 V  
−9.54 μV  
−2.499990 V  
−2.5 V  
0x3FFFF  
0x00001  
0x00000  
0x7FFFF  
0x40001  
0x40000  
Each analog input has a unique overvoltage protection clamp  
circuit, represented by OV clamp in Figure 64. The clamps  
protect the analog inputs from dc overvoltage conditions and  
eliminate the need for additional external protection diodes. See  
the Input Overvoltage Protection Clamps section for a detailed  
description of the overvoltage protection clamps.  
ANALOG INPUTS  
Figure 64 shows an equivalent circuit of the AD4695/AD4696  
analog inputs (IN0 to IN15 and COM).  
REF  
D
1
IN0 TO IN15,  
C
DAC  
R
R
COM  
IN  
EXT  
REXT and CEXT in Figure 64 represent an external, RC low-pass  
filter, which is included in the system design to limit the bandwidth  
of the input signal. REXT can also be used to improve overvoltage  
protection of the analog inputs. See the External RC Filter section  
for detailed descriptions of the REXT and CEXT functions.  
C
C
PIN  
OV  
CLAMP  
V
EXT  
D
2
IN  
REFGND  
Figure 64. Equivalent Analog Input Circuit  
A low crosstalk analog multiplexer routes the signals from the  
analog input pins to the ADC core inputs. The impedance of the  
analog inputs are modeled as the parallel combination of the  
pin capacitance (CPIN) and the network formed by the series  
connection of RIN and CDAC. RIN represents the ADC input series  
resistance and the multiplexer switch resistance and is typically  
240 Ω. CDAC represents the ADC sampling capacitive DAC shown  
in Figure 61, and is typically 60 pF.  
Rev. 0 | Page 27 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
The two signal polarity modes are called unipolar mode and  
pseudobipolar mode. When a channel is in unipolar mode, the  
signal routed to ADCIN− is nominally 0 V (relative to REFGND).  
When a channel is in pseudobipolar mode, the signal routed to  
ADCIN− is nominally VREF/2 V (relative to REFGND). The  
valid operating input voltage specification for unipolar and  
pseudobipolar modes are shown in Table 1.  
Multiplexer  
The AD4695/AD4696 contain a flexible, low crosstalk analog  
multiplexer for selecting from the 16 analog inputs and internal  
temperature sensor and routing them to the inputs of the 16-bit,  
pseudo differential SAR ADC core. Figure 65 shows a simplified  
schematic of the internal multiplexer. The SWMUX+ and SWMUX−  
switches shown in Figure 61 and Figure 65 represent the  
multiplexer switches that route the selected channel to the ADC  
inputs (labeled ADCIN+ and ADCIN− in Figure 61). SWMUX+  
and SWMUX− are break-before-make and are controlled by the  
internal channel sequencing logic (see the Channel Sequencing  
Modes section).  
When an input is configured in unipolar mode, its output codes  
are in straight binary format. When an input is configured in  
pseudobipolar mode, its output codes are in twos complement  
format. See the Transfer Function section for an example of the  
output code formatting for both unipolar and pseudobipolar  
modes.  
The multiplexer allows flexible analog input channel configuration.  
The SWMUX− position is user programmable, and can be  
assigned to any of the pins shown in Figure 65 (see the Channel  
Configuration Options section).  
The pin pairing assignments are selected with the IN_PAIR bit  
field in the CONFIG_INn registers. The signal polarity modes are  
selected with the IN_MODE field in the CONFIG_INn registers.  
When an even numbered input is paired with its corresponding  
odd numbered input, selecting the odd numbered input through  
any of the channel sequencing modes is functionally identical  
to selecting the even numbered input. The even numbered input is  
always connected to ADCIN+, the odd numbered input is always  
connected to ADCIN−, and only the settings in the even numbered  
input CONFIG_INn register are applied. It is recommended to  
only include the even numbered input in the channel sequence  
when the input is assigned as part of a channel pair.  
MUX+  
IN0 TO IN15  
TEMPERATURE  
SENSOR  
SAR  
ADC  
ODD  
NUMBERED  
INx  
When the standard sequencer is enabled, the pin pairing  
assignment settings are the same for all 16 analog inputs and are set  
by the IN_PAIR field in the CONFIG_IN0 register. When the  
advanced sequencer, two-cycle command mode, or single-cycle  
command mode is enabled, the pin pairing assignment settings are  
independent for all 16 analog inputs and are set by the IN_PAIR  
field in the corresponding CONFIG_INn register for each input.  
The polarity mode settings for each analog input are always set by  
the IN_MODE bits in the corresponding CONFIG_INn registers,  
regardless of the channel sequencing mode.  
COM  
REFGND  
MUX–  
Figure 65. Multiplexer Simplified Schematic  
Channel Configuration Options  
The AD4695/AD4696 feature several channel configuration  
options that allow the device to interface with a variety of signals.  
The channel configuration can be independently programmed  
for each of the 16 analog inputs (IN0 through IN15).  
Note that pseudobipolar mode is not available for channels  
with the REFGND pin pairing assignment selected. If a channel  
pin pairing assignment is configured as REFGND, the state of  
the IN_PAIR field is ignored.  
The channel configuration settings include pin pairing  
assignments and signal polarity modes. The pin pairing options  
assign the position of SWMUX− for each position of SWMUX+ and  
determine which signal is routed to the negative side of the SAR  
ADC core (ADCIN− in Figure 61). The signal polarity modes  
configure the ADCIN− voltage range. Figure 66 shows the pin  
pairing and voltage ranges for the different channel configuration  
options.  
INx  
The pin pairing assignment options include the following:  
INx+1  
Figure 66, IN0 to IN15 paired with REFGND  
Figure 67, IN0 to IN15 paired with COM  
Figure 68, even numbered input paired with the next  
highest odd numbered input (for example, IN0 with IN1,  
IN2 with IN3, and so on).  
COM  
REFGND  
Figure 66. Channel Configuration Option A  
Rev. 0 | Page 28 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The reduction in the voltage kickback increases the effective  
input impedance of the AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs and  
reduces the bandwidth requirements of the AFE circuitry to  
achieve desired settling accuracy and performance. The relaxed  
bandwidth requirements of the AD4695/AD4696 simplify the  
AFE circuit design by broadening the selection of compatible  
amplifiers and external RC filter components. Therefore,  
analog input high-Z mode helps remove the requirement of  
dedicated ADC driver amplifiers per channel, which significantly  
reduces system footprint and power consumption.  
INx  
INx+1  
COM  
0V  
OR  
V
/2  
REF  
REFGND  
The analog input high-Z mode also reduces performance  
degradation caused by series resistance between the front-end  
amplifiers and the AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs, which allows  
the resistor in the external RC filter (shown as REXT in Figure 64  
and Figure 107) to be larger compared to traditional multiplexed  
SAR ADCs. Using larger REXT with smaller CEXT alleviates amplifier  
stability concerns without significantly impacting distortion  
performance.  
Figure 67. Channel Configuration Option B  
INx  
Figure 69 and Figure 70 demonstrate how a lower power, lower  
bandwidth amplifier (ADA4077-1) can achieve the same ac  
performance as a lower noise, higher bandwidth ADC driver  
amplifier (ADA4807-1) by utilizing the AD4695/AD4696  
analog input high-Z mode. Figure 69 and Figure 70 show the  
SNR and THD performance of the AD4695/AD4696 paired  
with the ADA4077-1 and ADA4807-1 with various external RC  
filter components with analog input high-Z mode disabled and  
enabled. Figure 71 shows the circuit configuration used to measure  
the performance metrics shown in Figure 69 and Figure 70. The  
standard sequencer is configured to alternate between two  
AD4695/AD4696 channels once per conversion. The channels  
are driven by antiphase, full-scale, 1 kHz sine waves.  
0V  
INx+1  
OR  
V
/2  
REF  
COM  
REFGND  
Figure 68. Channel Configuration Option C  
Analog Input High-Z Mode  
To achieve optimal data sheet performance from traditional  
high resolution multiplexed SAR ADCs, system designers must  
often include dedicated, high bandwidth, low noise ADC driver  
amplifiers between the analog signal conditioning circuitry and  
the ADC inputs to settle the voltage kickback that occurs at the  
analog inputs between conversions. The AD4695/AD4696  
analog input high-Z mode simplifies the design requirements  
of the AFE circuitry that drives the analog inputs and facilitates  
the design of small footprint, high channel density, precision  
multiplexed SAR ADC signal chains.  
The ADA4807-1 is a low noise, high bandwidth amplifier that  
is typically recommended for driving precision SAR ADCs, and  
the ADA4077-1 is a high precision, low drift amplifier with a  
comparably lower bandwidth. Table 11 shows the bandwidth,  
input noise, and supply current specifications for the ADA4807-1  
and ADA4077-1. When analog input high-Z mode is disabled,  
the ADA4077-1 THD performance is degraded because of its  
inability to settle the voltage kickback between conversions.  
When analog input high-Z mode is enabled, the ADA4077-1 is  
able to achieve similar THD performance to the ADA4807-1,  
despite having a comparably lower bandwidth. In the example  
shown in Figure 71, analog input high-Z mode removes the  
need for an ADA4807-1 or equivalent ADC driver amplifier for  
each of its 16 analog input channels, which reduces the standby  
current consumption of the system by roughly 16 mA, and  
drastically reduces the full solution footprint.  
Analog input high-Z mode significantly reduces the magnitude  
of the voltage kickback that occurs at the analog inputs when  
the ADC and multiplexer switches reconnect at the start of the  
ADC acquisition phase (see the Signal Settling Requirements  
section). Figure 20 shows the voltage kickback that occurs on  
an analog input driven to 5 V after switching from another  
analog input driven to 0 V with analog input high-Z mode  
disabled and enabled.  
Table 23 provides a list of recommended companion amplifiers  
and external RC filter components to pair with the AD4695/  
AD4696 for different target sample rates and input signal  
bandwidths.  
Rev. 0 | Page 29 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
65  
60  
55  
Analog input high-Z mode is enabled with the AINHIZ_EN bit  
in the CONFIG_INn registers. When the standard sequencer is  
enabled, analog input high-Z mode is enabled or disabled for all  
16 analog inputs and is set by the AINHIZ_EN bit in the  
CONFIG_IN0 register. When the advanced sequencer is enabled,  
or when using two-cycle command mode or single-cycle  
command mode, analog input high-Z mode is enabled or  
disabled for all 16 analog inputs independently and is set by the  
AINHIZ_EN bit in the corresponding CONFIG_INn register  
for each input. Analog input high-Z mode is always enabled  
when sampling the temperature sensor.  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
Analog input high-Z mode must be enabled when reference  
input high-Z mode is enabled. If any analog input channels are  
configured with analog input high-Z mode disabled, reference  
input high-Z mode must also be disabled.  
200Ω,  
180pF,  
4.42MHz  
390Ω,  
180pF,  
2.27MHz  
680Ω,  
180pF,  
1.30MHz  
680Ω,  
470pF,  
498.0kHz  
1.3kΩ,  
470pF,  
260.5kHz  
EXTERNAL RC FILTER COMPONENTS, BANDWIDTH  
Figure 69. SNR vs. External RC Filter Components, Bandwidth for Various  
Amplifiers (VREF = 5 V, fIN = 1 kHz)  
Table 11. Companion Amplifier Specifications  
–35  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
Input Voltage  
Noise  
−3dB  
Supply Current  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
Amplifier  
Bandwidth per Amplifier  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
–45  
ADA4807-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
ADA4807-1/ 3.1 nV/√Hz  
ADA4807-2/  
ADA4807-4  
180 MHz  
5.9 MHz  
1.0 mA  
400 μA  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 500kSPS  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE DISABLED, 1MSPS  
–55  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 500kSPS  
ADA4077-1, HIGH-Z MODE ENABLED, 1MSPS  
–65  
ADA4077-1/ 6.9 nV/√Hz  
ADA4077-2/  
ADA4077-4  
–75  
–85  
–95  
–105  
–115  
200Ω,  
180pF,  
4.42MHz  
390Ω,  
180pF,  
2.27MHz  
680Ω,  
180pF,  
1.30MHz  
680Ω,  
470pF,  
498.0kHz  
1.3kΩ,  
470pF,  
260.5kHz  
EXTERNAL RC FILTER COMPONENTS, BANDWIDTH  
Figure 70. THD vs. External RC Filter Components, Bandwidth for Various  
Amplifiers (VREF = 5 V, fIN = 1 kHz)  
AD4695/AD4696  
CNV  
R
EXT  
IN0  
SAR  
ADC  
C
EXT  
ADA4807/ADA4077  
ADA4807/ADA4077  
INPUT  
MUX  
STANDARD  
SEQUENCER  
R
EXT  
IN1  
IN0  
IN1  
C
EXT  
Figure 71. Amplifier and RC Filter Performance vs. Analog Input High-Z Mode Test Circuit  
Rev. 0 | Page 30 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Overvoltage Protection Clamp Stability  
INPUT OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION CLAMPS  
In applications where analog input overvoltage events are not a  
concern, or in applications where clamp stability is not a  
concern, the REXT and CEXT values are not required to follow the  
guidelines described in this section.  
The AD4695/AD4696 include overvoltage protection clamps on  
IN0 to IN15 and COM to reduce the risk of device damage from  
sustained dc overvoltage events. These clamps eliminate the  
need for external clamping diodes in systems where the input  
driving circuitry positive supply rail is greater than VREF (see  
Figure 107).  
The stability of the overvoltage protection clamp circuits depends  
on the external RC filter component values and whether the  
overvoltage reduced current mode is enabled or disabled. When a  
clamp is unstable, it toggles between the active and inactive  
states during overvoltage events. This instability causes small,  
modulating currents to flow in both the overdriven input and the  
reference, which can result in measurement errors in the  
conversions of other analog inputs if the reference circuitry  
does not have adequate load regulation to maintain a stable  
reference voltage in response to the additional reference current.  
Table 1 and Figure 42 show the additional reference input  
(REF) current per active clamp.  
Table 1 shows the activation, deactivation, and clamping voltages  
of the overvoltage protection clamps. Figure 35 and Figure 38  
show typical behavior of the clamps during overvoltage conditions.  
The clamp circuits activate when the analog input voltage exceeds  
the activation voltage. The clamps deactivate when the input  
voltage drops below the deactivation voltage. While a clamp is  
active, a flag is set in the status registers that can be read by the  
digital host. See the Overvoltage Clamp Flags section for a detailed  
description of the options for reading the status of each clamp.  
The overvoltage protection clamps limit the extent to which input  
overvoltage events disturb the reference source. When active, the  
clamps limit the voltage on the analog inputs to the specified  
clamping voltage and conduct the input current to ground  
rather than through the ESD diode connecting the analog input  
to the REF input (D1 in Figure 64), which prevents overvoltage  
conditions on one analog input from degrading performance on  
other analog inputs or other devices sharing the reference.  
Figure 42 shows the relationship between a single clamp input  
current and the resulting additional reference input current.  
To ensure stable clamp operation, CEXT in the external RC filter  
(as shown in Figure 64) must be at least 500 pF. The maximum  
value of REXT is 1 kꢀ when the overvoltage reduced current  
mode is enabled, and 2 kꢀ when the overvoltage reduced  
current mode is disabled.  
Overvoltage Clamp Flags  
The AD4695/AD4696 provide several means to check the status  
of the overvoltage protection clamps.  
The INX_CLAMP_FLAG bits in the CLAMP_STATUS1 and  
CLAMP_STATUS2 registers indicate the status of the overvoltage  
protection clamps for IN0 to IN15. Each INX_CLAMP_FLAG bit  
is asserted when the corresponding input clamp circuit is active  
and is deasserted when the corresponding input clamp circuit is  
inactive. The CLAMP_FLAG bit in the status register is asserted  
when any combination of the overvoltage clamps on IN0 to IN15  
are activated (when any of the INX_CLAMP_FLAG bits are  
asserted). This bit is sticky and is only cleared when it is read while  
all clamps are inactive.  
Figure 26, Figure 29, and Figure 32 show the offset error, gain  
error, and ac performance for one analog input channel vs. the  
total number of active overvoltage protection clamps on the  
other inputs.  
Each overvoltage protection clamp circuit supports a maximum  
sustained current of 5 mA. All 17 clamp circuits can sink 5 mA  
simultaneously without damaging the device. The clamp current is  
a function of VREF, the external series resistance (such as REXT in  
Figure 64), and the output voltage of the AFE circuitry. See the  
Input Overvoltage Protection Clamps section for details on  
how to select REXT to prevent excess clamp current during  
overvoltage events.  
The COM_CLAMP_FLAG bit in the status register is asserted  
when the COM input overvoltage protection clamp is active  
and is deasserted when the COM input overvoltage protection  
clamp is inactive. These bits can be read when in register  
configuration mode to check the current status of each of the  
overvoltage input clamp circuits.  
Overvoltage Reduced Current Mode  
The overvoltage reduced current mode further reduces additional  
reference current during overvoltage events. Figure 42 shows  
the difference between the additional reference input currents  
drawn for different clamp input currents with the overvoltage  
reduced current mode enabled and disabled.  
The OV_ALT flag in the optional status bits allows all  
overvoltage clamp statuses to be checked while performing  
conversions. The OV_ALT flag is the bitwise logical OR of the  
16 INX_CLAMP_FLAG bits in the CLAMP_STATUS1 and  
CLAMP_STATUS2 registers. The OV_ALT flag can also be  
configured as the logical OR of the overvoltage clamp flags and  
the general threshold alert indicator (as described in the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). See the  
Status Bits section for details on configuring the OV_ALT flag.  
The overvoltage reduced current mode is enabled when the  
OV_MODE bit in the REF_CTRL register is set to 0.  
Overvoltage reduced current mode is enabled by default.  
Enabling overvoltage reduced current mode changes the  
maximum value of REXT and achieves stable clamp operation.  
See the Overvoltage Protection Clamp Stability section for  
more information on the relationship between the external RC  
filter and clamp operation.  
Rev. 0 | Page 31 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
and drive capabilities, or the use of a dedicated reference buffer  
to drive the REF input with a large reference decoupling capacitor.  
See the Reference Circuitry Design section for more information  
on properly selecting reference circuitry components.  
TEMPERATURE SENSOR  
The AD4695/AD4696 include a temperature sensor that  
converts the die temperature to an output voltage that can be  
sampled and converted to an output code by the SAR ADC core.  
The relationship between the measured die temperature (T) and  
the temperature sensor output voltage (VTEMP) is nominally  
The AD4695/AD4696 incorporate features that simplify design  
of the companion reference circuitry, and facilitate the design  
of small footprint, low power systems. The reference input  
high-Z mode reduces the REF input current by approximately  
95%, allowing a broader selection of voltage references and  
amplifiers to drive the REF input without impacting performance  
(see the Reference Input High-Z Mode section).  
mV  
VTEMP  1.8  
T 725 mV  
C  
The temperature sensor sensitivity is a measure of the change  
in output voltage in relation to a change in device temperature,  
and is typically −1.8 mV/°C. At 0°C, the temperature sensor  
output is typically 725 mV.  
The reference input current scales with sample rate (see Table 1  
and Figure 39).  
When the temperature sensor is selected, the multiplexer  
SWMUX+ switch (see Figure 65) selects the temperature sensor  
output and its SWMUX− switch selects REFGND, and the SAR  
ADC core samples VTEMP to generate a corresponding output  
code. The analog-to-digital conversion of the temperature  
sensor output utilizes the same transfer function as an analog  
input configured in unipolar mode with OSR = 1 (see the  
Transfer Function section).  
Reference Input High-Z Mode  
When enabled, reference input high-Z mode reduces the average  
REF current by approximately 95% from 320 μA/MSPS to 11  
μA/MSPS. The reduction in REF current allows the AD4695/  
AD4696 to tolerate larger series resistance between the reference  
source and the REF input without compromising performance.  
Therefore, reference input high-Z mode allows voltage references  
with higher load regulation specifications to directly drive the REF  
input without the need for a dedicated reference buffer.  
When the standard sequencer or advanced sequencer is  
enabled, the temperature sensor is sampled at the end of the  
preprogrammed channel sequence if the TEMP_EN bit in the  
TEMP_CTRL register is set to 1.  
The REF input requires a reference decoupling capacitor (CREF).  
When reference input high-Z mode is disabled, CREF must be  
10 μF or larger. When reference input high-Z mode is enabled,  
When using either two-cycle command mode or single-cycle  
command mode, the temperature sensor can be selected by  
writing the code 0x0F on SDI on the first five rising edges of  
SCK in the same way analog inputs are selected (see Table 16).  
C
REF can be as small as 1 μF.  
See the Reference Circuitry Design section for more reference  
circuit design recommendations.  
To enable and disable reference input high-Z mode, set the  
value of the REFHIZ_EN bit in the REF_CTRL register.  
Reference input high-Z mode is enabled by default.  
When the temperature sensor is enabled, analog input high-Z  
mode is always enabled and the OSR is always 1. The  
temperature sensor does not have threshold detection alerts.  
Analog input high-Z mode must be enabled when reference  
input high-Z mode is enabled. If any analog input channels are  
configured with analog input high-Z mode disabled, reference  
input high-Z mode must also be disabled.  
VOLTAGE REFERENCE INPUT  
VREF sets the ADC full-scale voltage (see the Transfer Function  
section). The ADC core samples the voltage on the reference input  
(REF) during the bit trials in the conversion process to determine  
the output code result. The AD4695/AD4696 are compatible with  
reference voltages from 2.4 V to 5.1 V.  
POWER SUPPLIES  
The AD4695/AD4696 have three power supply pins: an analog  
supply (AVDD), an ADC core supply (VDD), and a digital  
input/output interface supply (VIO). The AD4695/AD4696  
also include an internal LDO that can be used to provide the  
VDD rail with a wider variety of supply voltages (or in single-  
supply systems by tying LDO_IN to AVDD). Table 1 shows the  
specified power supply voltage requirements.  
The AD4695/AD4696 must be configured for optimal  
performance with the selected reference voltage. The VREF_SET  
field in the REF_CTRL register provides five VREF range options,  
as shown in Table 46. This value must be programmed to  
match the VREF voltage applied to the REF pin.  
A common challenge presented by traditional SAR ADCs is in  
designing reference circuitry with sufficient drive capability to  
maintain a precise VREF while the REF input dynamically draws  
input current during the SAR bit trials. Deviations in VREF result  
in reduction in ADC accuracy and performance, such as higher  
gain error or distortion. The REF input presents a dynamic load as  
the input pulls charge from the external reference circuitry at  
different times in the SAR process. This process traditionally  
requires either voltage references with sufficient load regulation  
AVDD can range from 3.15 V to 5.5 V and powers the analog  
front-end features of the AD4695/AD4696, including the analog  
input high-Z mode and reference input high-Z mode circuitry.  
VDD is nominally 1.8 V, and powers both the ADC core and the  
device register memory. When power is first applied to VDD, the  
ADC core initializes and the device register contents are set to the  
default states (as shown in the Register Information section).  
Rev. 0 | Page 32 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
VIO can range from 1.2 V to 1.8 V and sets the input and  
output levels for the digital interface pins. VIO allows direct  
interfacing with digital controller logic levels between 1.2 V and  
1.8 V (see the Digital Interface section for more information).  
and is identical to performing a software reset (see the Device  
Reset section for detailed descriptions of hardware and software  
resets). The digital interface requires that VIO still be supplied  
to accept the wake-up command, and the internal LDO will not be  
enabled if VIO is not within the specified range (see Table 1).  
Decouple AVDD to AGND and VIO to IOGND with at least  
100 nF and decouple VDD to AGND with at least 1 μF. When  
not using the internal LDO to supply VDD, LDO_IN does not  
require decoupling.  
OVERSAMPLING AND DECIMATION  
The AD4695/AD4696 include an oversampling and decimation  
engine that averages consecutive ADC samples to generate an  
oversampled result with higher effective resolution and lower  
effective noise (see Table 1).  
The AD4695/AD4696 are independent of the power supply  
sequencing between VIO, VDD, and AVDD (and LDO_IN when  
the internal LDO is enabled). When VIO and VDD are first  
supplied, a power-on reset (POR) initiates (see the Device Reset  
section). Additionally, the AD4695/AD4696 are insensitive to  
power supply ripple over a wide frequency range, as shown in  
Figure 34.  
Each analog input channel can be configured with an OSR of 1, 4,  
16, or 64. Conversion results generated for channels with an OSR  
of 4, 16, or 64 are 17 bits, 18 bits, or 19 bits long, as shown in  
Table 19 and Table 20 and the Transfer Function section.  
When a given analog input channel is selected by the channel  
sequencing logic, the multiplexer continues to select that channel  
until the specified number of conversions have been performed,  
and the results of each of those conversions are averaged together  
to generate a single output code. For example, if IN0 is configured  
with an OSR of 64, one averaged result is produced after the 64th  
consecutive CNV rising edge (when the AD4695/AD4696 are  
in conversion mode). Configuring a channel with an OSR of 1  
is equivalent to performing no oversampling on that channel.  
Internal LDO  
To minimize the number of system supply rails required to  
power the AD4695/AD4696, the internal LDO can be used to  
supply the VDD voltage internally. LDO_IN can be tied to  
AVDD to enable a single supply to power the entire device  
(excluding VIO, which must be powered by the digital host  
input/output voltage).  
To enable the internal LDO, LDO_IN must be driven to at least  
2.4 V and VIO must already be powered. To enable the internal  
LDO, set the LDO_EN bit in the setup register to 1. The internal  
LDO is enabled by default on device power-up and after device  
resets. When the internal LDO is enabled, its output drives  
VDD internally. When the internal LDO is disabled, its output  
is high impedance.  
When enabled on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin or the serial data  
output(s), the busy indicator acts as a data ready signal, and  
only transitions low when the oversampled result is available  
(see the Busy Indicator section). Figure 75 shows the relative  
timing of the busy indicator when the OSR for a channel is set  
to a value other than 1.  
It is not possible to power the VIO supply with the internal  
LDO output. VIO must be supplied by the digital host or other  
system supply rail.  
The effective sample period of a given channel is equal to the  
conversion period (tCYC) in Table 2 multiplied by its OSR. Figure 75  
shows the relative timing of the CNV signal and the availability  
of the oversampled result. Consider the OSR of each channel  
when designing the channel sequence to achieve the desired  
certain effective sample rates for each channel (see the Effective  
Channel Sample Rate section).  
When using the internal LDO, VDD must be floating, and the  
VDD supply voltage is driven by the internal LDO output  
automatically when LDO_IN and VIO are supplied. When not  
using the internal LDO, LDO_IN must be tied to AGND and  
VDD must be supplied externally.  
The OSR is configured via the OSR_SET fields in the  
CONFIG_INn registers (see Table 54).  
The internal LDO output is designed to withstand being  
powered up with VDD either driven by a separate 1.8 V supply  
or inadvertently shorted to AGND. It is recommended to  
ensure VDD is disconnected from any other rails or loads. The  
internal LDO is not intended to power additional devices. It is  
recommended to clear the LDO_EN bit when powering VDD  
externally, even if the LDO_IN input is shorted to AGND (see  
the Device Configuration Recommendations section).  
When the standard sequencer is enabled, the OSR for all analog  
input channels is the same and is set by the OSR_SET field in  
the CONFIG_IN0 register. When the advanced sequencer is  
enabled, each of the 16 analog input channels can be configured  
with different OSR settings with the OSR_SET fields in the  
corresponding CONFIG_INn registers.  
Oversampling is not supported in two-cycle command mode or  
single-cycle command mode. Set the OSR_SET fields for all  
active channels to 0x0 when using two-cycle command mode  
or single-cycle command mode.  
The internal LDO can be disabled to put the AD4695/AD4696  
in a low power state without disabling the AVDD, LDO_IN, or  
VIO rails. When the internal LDO is disabled while VDD is not  
powered by an external supply, the ADC core shuts down and  
configuration register contents are erased. The internal LDO  
can be enabled again either with a wake-up command over the  
SPI, or with a hardware reset. The wake-up command is 0x81  
Rev. 0 | Page 33 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
When autocycle mode is enabled, the conversion signal is  
generated internally by the AD4695/AD4696, and the  
oversampling engine continues to wait for OSR conversion  
periods before generating an output result.  
THRESHOLD DETECTION AND ALERT INDICATORS  
The AD4695/AD4696 include a threshold detection feature  
with alert indicators that notify the digital host system when a  
conversion result violates user defined upper and lower limits.  
OFFSET AND GAIN CORRECTION  
The TD_EN bit in the CONFIG_INn registers enables or disables  
threshold detection for the corresponding analog input. When the  
standard sequencer is enabled, threshold detection is enabled or  
disabled for all analog inputs with the TD_EN bit in the  
CONFIG_IN0 register. When the advanced sequencer, two-cycle  
command mode, or single-cycle command mode is enabled,  
threshold detection is enabled or disabled for each analog input  
independently with the TD_EN bit in each of the corresponding  
CONFIG_INn registers.  
The AD4695/AD4696 include offset and gain error correction  
functionality to correct for first-order nonidealities in a full  
analog front-end signal chain. Offset and gain error correction  
digitally adjusts the offset and gain of the overall ADC transfer  
function (see the Transfer Function section).  
The final output code is calculated with the following expression:  
OUT = (IN + B) × M  
where:  
When threshold detection is enabled for a given analog input, the  
ADC results generated for that analog input are compared against  
an upper threshold value and lower threshold value. Upper and  
lower threshold values can be independently assigned for each  
of the 16 analog inputs. The upper and lower threshold values  
for the 16 analog inputs are set with the upper and lower fields in  
the UPPER_INn and LOWER_INn registers. The upper and  
lower fields are 12 bits wide and correspond to the 12 MSBs of  
the ADC results for all OSR options. For example, setting the  
upper field to 0xFFF corresponds to an upper threshold value of  
0xFFF0 when the OSR of that channel is 1, and 0x7FF80 when the  
OSR of that channel is 64 (see the Oversampling and Decimation  
section).  
OUT is the final output code result.  
IN is the result generated by the ADC (after oversampling).  
B is the offset correction value.  
M is the gain correction value.  
The gain correction value (M) for each analog input is set with  
the gain field in the corresponding GAIN_INn register. The  
gain field is 16 bits wide and is in straight binary format. The  
range of gain correction values is 0 to 1.99997, and is calculated  
with the following expression:  
M = Gain/215  
where Gain is the value written to the gain field.  
The offset correction value (B) for each analog input is set with  
the offset field in the corresponding OFFSET_INn register. The  
offset field is 16 bits wide and is in twos complement format to  
enable positive and negative offset correction. The range of  
offset correction values is FSR/8 for all OSR options, which  
means the MSB of the offset field always corresponds to the MSB  
– 3 bit of the ADC result. For example, when the OSR for a  
given analog input channel is 1, the offset correction value is  
equal to offset[15:3], and when the OSR is 64, the offset  
correction value is offset[15:0]. Table 12 shows the offset  
correction value for each OSR option.  
When an analog input is configured in unipolar mode, the  
corresponding upper and lower fields are in straight binary format.  
When an analog input is configured in pseudobipolar mode,  
the corresponding upper and lower fields are in twos complement  
format.  
Alert Indicator Registers  
The ALERT_STATUS1 to ALERT_STATUS4 registers contain  
the upper alert indicators (HI_INn) and lower alert indicators  
(LO_INn) for all 16 analog inputs. The TD_ALERT bit in the  
status register is the logical OR of the HI_INn and LO_INn bits.  
When the ADC result is greater than or equal to the upper  
threshold value, the corresponding HI_INn flag is set to 1.  
When the ADC result is less than or equal to the lower threshold  
value, the corresponding LO_INn flag is set to 1. When the OSR  
of an INn analog input is greater than 1, the state of its  
corresponding HI_INn and LO_INn flags update after the  
oversampled result is generated.  
Offset and gain correction are always enabled for all analog  
input channels. When the OFFSET field for a given analog  
input is set to 0x0000, the offset correction value is 0 and is  
equivalent to applying no offset correction. When the GAIN  
field for a given analog input is set to 0x8000, the gain correction  
value is 1 and is equivalent to applying no gain correction.  
Table 12. Oversample Ratio vs. Offset Correction Value  
Reading the TD_ALERT bit indicates to the digital host  
whether any upper or lower threshold was violated and reading  
the HI_INn and LO_INn bits indicates which specific type of  
threshold was violated on which channel. The AD4695/AD4696  
must be in register configuration mode to read from the  
registers that contain these alert indicator bits, but the state of  
TD_ALERT can also be read via the status bits or the  
Oversample Ratio  
Offset Correction Value (B)  
1
Offset[15:3]  
4
Offset[15:2]  
16  
64  
Offset[15:1]  
Offset[15:0]  
BSY_ALT_GP0 pin when these options are enabled (see the  
Status Bits section and Alert Indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0 section).  
Rev. 0 | Page 34 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The HI_INn and LO_INn bits are read to clear bits and are  
automatically reset to 0 after being read in a SPI read  
transaction (in register configuration mode).  
Alert Indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0  
When the alert indicator is enabled on BSY_ALT_GP0, the  
state of the TD_ALERT bit is driven on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin,  
which allows threshold violations to be detected without  
interrupting conversions. The combination of the alert  
indicator on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin and autocycle mode allows  
the digital host serial interface to remain idle until a threshold  
violation is detected (see the Autocycle Mode section).  
When the ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 0,  
the HI_INn and LO_INn bits also automatically clear based on  
user programmable hysteresis settings. The hysteresis fields in  
the 16 HYST_INn registers set the hysteresis value for the  
corresponding analog input. Each analog input can be  
programmed with different hysteresis values. When this option  
is selected, each HI_INn bit automatically clears when the  
corresponding analog input generates a conversion result that is  
less than the upper threshold value minus the hysteresis value.  
Each LO_INn bit automatically clears when the corresponding  
analog input generates a conversion result that is greater than  
the lower threshold value plus the hysteresis value. Figure 72  
shows how the HI_INn and LO_INn bits are set and cleared  
when ALERT_MODE is set to 0 and 1 as conversion results are  
generated on the corresponding analog input channel.  
ALERT_MODE is set to 0 by default.  
Figure 91 through Figure 98 show the relative timing of CNV  
rising edges and when the state of the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is  
configured as the alert indicator is updated.  
Set the ALERT_GP_EN bit in the GP_MODE register to 1 to  
enable the alert indicator on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin.  
The BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can also be configured to perform  
other functions than the alert indicator, and all other higher  
priority functions must be disabled to configure them as the  
busy indicator. See the General-Purpose Pin section for details  
on configuring the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin functionality.  
OUTPUT CODES  
0xC000  
0xA000  
UPPER = 0xC00  
HYSTERESIS = 0x200  
LOWER = 0x400  
SAMPLES  
0x6000  
0x4000  
HI_INn  
ALERT_MODE = 1  
LO_INn  
TD_ALERT  
HI_INn  
LO_INn  
ALERT_MODE = 0  
TD_ALERT  
Figure 72. Alert Indicator Behavior with Hysteresis Enabled and Disabled (Unipolar Mode, OSR = 1)  
Rev. 0 | Page 35 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
BUSY INDICATOR  
CHANNEL SEQUENCING MODES  
The busy indicator acts as a data ready signal that can be used  
to trigger an interrupt service routine on the digital host to  
initiate an SPI transaction to read the ADC result (see the  
Conversion Mode section and SPI Peripheral Synchronization in  
Conversion Mode section). The busy indicator can be enabled on  
the serial data outputs and on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin.  
In conversion mode, the AD4695/AD4696 multiplexer channel  
updates once per conversion period at the start of the ADC  
core acquisition phase, as described in the Converter Operation  
section. The multiplexer is controlled by internal channel  
sequencing logic, and there are four options for programming  
the channel sequence.  
Busy Indicator on Serial Data Outputs  
The standard sequencer and advanced sequencer automates  
progression through a preprogrammed channel sequence.  
When either the standard sequencer or advanced sequencer is  
enabled, the digital host is not required to provide channel  
sequencing instructions while reading conversion results over  
the SPI, which reduces the digital resource requirements.  
When the busy indicator is enabled on the serial data outputs,  
the serial data outputs are high impedance while the ADC is in  
the conversion phase, and transition low when the ADC result  
is ready. Set the SDO_STATE bit in the setup register to 1 to  
enable the busy indicator on the serial data outputs.  
Two-cycle command mode and single-cycle command mode allow  
the digital host to directly control the channel sequence via 5-bit  
commands written over the serial interface during conversion  
data readback frames. Two-cycle command mode and single-  
cycle command mode enable systems with dynamic and  
adaptive channel sequencing requirements, such as control  
loop applications.  
Figure 91 through Figure 98 show the relative timing of CNV  
rising edges to the busy indicator on the serial data output(s).  
The serial data output mode selected by the SDO_MODE field  
determines which pins are assigned as serial data outputs (see the  
Serial Data Output Modes section). When SDO_STATE is set  
to 1, the busy indicator is enabled on all pins assigned as serial data  
outputs. When single-SDO mode is selected, the busy indicator is  
only output on SDO. When dual-SDO mode is selected, the  
busy indicator is output on both SDO and BSY_ALT_GP0.  
Figure 73 through Figure 77 show conversion mode example  
timing diagrams of the AD4695/AD4696 multiplexer channel  
selection, ADC sampling, and conversion data output relative  
to the channel sequencing settings and the CNV signal. The  
signal labeled busy refers to the busy indicator, which can be  
enabled on either the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin or the serial data  
output(s), as described in the Busy Indicator section. The signal  
labeled SDOx refers to the SDO pin plus the BSY_ALT_GP0  
pin if dual-SDO mode is enabled, as described in the Serial  
Data Output Modes section.  
When enabling the busy indicator on the serial data outputs,  
place pull-up resistors (2 kꢀ minimum) on each utilized pin to  
ensure that the serial data output lines are pulled high until the  
ADC result is ready.  
The serial data outputs are forced to a high impedance state  
CS  
CS  
whenever the  
pin is driven high. If the  
pin is high when  
the ADC result is ready, the serial data outputs remain high  
CS  
impedance until the  
Interface section).  
pin is brought low (see the Digital  
Table 13 shows the configuration settings used to select from  
the four channel sequencing modes. Both the STD_SEQ_EN bit  
and the NUM_SLOTS_AS field are located in the SEQ_CTRL  
register. The CYC_CTRL bit is located in the setup register.  
Busy Indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0  
When the busy indicator is enabled on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin,  
BSY_ALT_GP0 is driven high while the ADC is in the conversion  
phase, and transitions low when the ADC result is ready. Set  
the BUSY_GP_EN bit in the GP_MODE register to 1 to enable  
the busy indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0.  
As noted in the Channel Configuration Options section, when  
even and odd numbered inputs are paired, selecting the odd  
numbered input using any of the four channel sequencing  
modes results in the same behavior as if the even numbered  
input were selected instead. For this reason, it is recommended  
to only include the even numbered input in the channel sequence.  
Figure 91 through Figure 98 show the relative timing of CNV  
rising edges to the busy indicator rising and falling edges.  
Standard Sequencer  
When the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is assigned as the busy indicator,  
the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is not forced to high impedance when  
The standard sequencer automates progression through a  
preprogrammed set of enabled channels. The standard  
sequencer is the simplest of the four channel sequencing modes  
and is ideal for systems with fixed, static channel sequences.  
CS  
the  
pin is high, which allows the digital host to leave the  
serial interface completely disabled until a busy indicator falling  
edge is registered (see the SPI Peripheral Synchronization in  
Conversion Mode section).  
The standard sequencer advances through each enabled  
channel in ascending order and repeats the sequence until the  
device exits conversion mode. The multiplexer channel is  
updated to the next enabled channel each time a conversion  
result is ready. Figure 73 shows an example where the standard  
sequencer, three analog inputs (IN0, IN2, and IN15), and the  
The BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can also be configured to perform other  
functions than the busy indicator, and all other higher-priority  
functions must be disabled to configure the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin as  
the busy indicator. See the General-Purpose Pin section for  
details on configuring the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin.  
Rev. 0 | Page 36 of 96  
 
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
temperature sensor are enabled in the sequence with no  
oversampling on any channel.  
Advanced Sequencer  
The advanced sequencer automates progression through a  
preprogrammed channel sequence where the order of channels is  
completely customizable. The advanced sequencer enables highly  
flexible sequences of channels with minimal digital overhead.  
The bits in the STD_SEQ_CONFIG register control which  
channels are included in the channel sequence when the standard  
sequencer is enabled. Each bit in the STD_SEQ_CONFIG register  
corresponds to one of the 16 analog inputs, and each channel is  
enabled if its corresponding bit is set to 1. If the TEMP_EN bit  
in the TEMP_CTRL register is set to 1, the temperature sensor  
is added to the end of the sequence as well. For the example in  
Figure 73, the value programmed into the STD_SEQ_CONFIG  
register is 0x1005, and the TEMP_EN bit is set to 1.  
The advanced sequencer steps through a set of channel slots,  
where each slot can be assigned to any of the 16 analog inputs  
and sequences can be between two and 128 slots. The sequence  
progresses through the enabled slots in ascending order starting  
from Slot 0, and the sequence is repeated until the device exits  
conversion mode. Figure 74 shows an example where the  
advanced sequencer is enabled with four slots enabled and  
assigned to IN6, IN10, IN6, and IN3 with the temperature  
sensor enabled (with no oversampling on any channel).  
To enable the standard sequencer, set the STD_SEQ_EN bit in  
the SEQ_CTRL register to 1 and set the CYC_CTRL bit in the  
setup register to 0 (see Table 13). The standard sequencer is  
enabled by default.  
The number of slots in the sequence is set with the NUM_  
SLOTS_AS field in the SEQ_CTRL register. Each slot channel  
assignment is set with the SLOT_INX fields in the AS_SLOTn  
registers (located at Register Address 0x100 to Register  
Address 0x17F), where AS_SLOT0 corresponds to Slot 0,  
AS_SLOT1 corresponds to Slot 1 and so on. Table 60 shows the  
values of SLOT_INX for each of the 16 analog inputs.  
While the AD4695/AD4696 are in register configuration mode  
when the STD_SEQ_EN bit in the SEQ_CTRL register is set to  
1, the multiplexer automatically connects the first enabled  
channel in the sequence to the ADC core inputs, which allows  
the ADC to acquire the signal on that channel even before the  
device enters conversion mode.  
If the TEMP_EN bit in the TEMP_CTRL register is set to 1, the  
temperature sensor is appended to the end of the sequence. The  
temperature sensor cannot be selected with the SLOT_INX  
fields in the AS_SLOTn registers.  
When the standard sequencer is enabled, the control bits in the  
CONFIG_IN0 register determine the configuration settings for  
all INn analog inputs (except for the polarity mode, which is set  
for each INn analog input independently with the IN_MODE  
bit in the corresponding CONFIG_INn register). Therefore, all  
analog inputs have the same pin pairing options, analog input  
high-Z mode enable settings, OSR settings, and threshold  
detection enable settings.  
To enable the advanced sequencer, set the STD_SEQ_EN bit to  
0, set the CYC_CTRL bit to 0, and set the NUM_SLOTS_AS  
field to any value between 1 and 127 (see Table 13).  
While the AD4695/AD4696 are in register configuration mode  
when the STD_SEQ_EN bit in the SEQ_CTRL register is set to  
0, the multiplexer automatically connects the channel specified  
in the AS_SLOT0 register to the ADC core inputs, which allows  
the ADC to acquire the signal on that channel even before the  
device enters conversion mode.  
The multiplexer does not advance to the next channel in the  
sequence until the required number of conversions dictated by  
the selected channel OSR setting is complete. For example, if  
the OSR is set to 16, 16 CNV rising edges are required before  
the conversion result is ready and the multiplexer selects the  
next channel in the sequence. Figure 74 shows an example  
timing diagram where the OSR for all channels is set to N. See  
the Oversampling and Decimation section for more  
information.  
When the advanced sequencer is enabled, the configuration  
settings for each channel are set with the corresponding  
CONFIG_INn register. Therefore, all analog inputs can have  
different channel configuration options, analog input high-Z  
mode enable settings, OSR settings, and threshold detection enable  
settings. Configure each CONFIG_INn register before entering  
conversion mode and initiating conversions.  
When the standard sequencer is enabled, each enabled analog  
input is sampled once per sequence iteration, which means  
each analog input has the same effective sample rate. See the  
Effective Channel Sample Rate section for more information.  
The multiplexer does not advance to the next channel in the  
sequence until the required number of conversions dictated by  
the selected channel OSR setting is complete. When the OSR of  
a channel in the sequence is set to a value other than 1 (when  
the OSR_SET field in the corresponding CONFIG_INn register is  
not set to 0x0), the advanced sequencer does not advance to the  
next channel in the sequence and the busy indicator does not  
transition low until the required number of conversions is  
complete. For example, if the OSR is set to 16, 16 CNV rising  
edges are required before the conversion result is ready and the  
multiplexer selects the next channel in the sequence. Figure 75  
Table 13. Register Settings for Channel Sequencing Modes  
Channel Sequencing  
Mode  
STD_SEQ_EN NUM_SLOTS_AS CYC_CTRL  
Two-Cycle Command  
Mode  
0
0x00  
0
Single-Cycle  
0
0x00  
1
Command Mode  
Standard Sequencer  
Advanced Sequencer  
1
0
Don’t care  
0
0
0x01 to 0x7F  
Rev. 0 | Page 37 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
shows an example timing diagram where OSR for IN0 is set to  
N. See the Oversampling and Decimation section for more  
information.  
When two-cycle command mode is enabled, the configuration  
settings for each channel are set with the corresponding  
CONFIG_INn register. Therefore, all analog inputs can have  
different channel configuration options, analog input high-Z  
mode enable settings, and threshold detection enable settings.  
Configure each CONFIG_INn register before entering  
conversion mode and initiating conversions.  
When the advanced sequencer is enabled, the channel sequence  
can be configured to achieve different effective sample rates for  
each channel. See the Effective Channel Sample Rate section for  
more information.  
Oversampling is not supported when two-cycle command  
mode is enabled. Set the OSR for all analog inputs to 1 before  
entering conversion mode with two-cycle command mode  
enabled (see the Oversampling and Decimation section).  
Two-Cycle Command Mode  
Two-cycle command mode allows the digital host system to  
manually control the next channel in the sequence on-the-fly  
and enables dynamic channel sequencing without interrupting  
conversions.  
Single-Cycle Command Mode  
Single-cycle command mode allows the digital host system to  
manually control the next channel in the sequence on-the-fly  
and enables dynamic channel sequencing without interrupting  
conversions.  
In two-cycle command mode, the channel sequence is determined  
by 5-bit commands transmitted from the digital host during  
conversion result readback frames. The 5-bit commands are  
clocked in on SDI on the first five SCK rising edges in the frame  
and latched into memory on the sixth SCK falling edge in the  
frame. If a valid channel command is received, the conversion  
result for that channel is available after two conversion periods.  
Figure 76 shows the relative timing between the 5-bit  
commands (represented by CMD) and the corresponding  
acquisition phase, conversion phase, and conversion result  
readback in two-cycle command mode.  
In single-cycle command mode, the channel sequence is  
determined by 5-bit commands transmitted from the digital  
host during conversion result readback frames. The 5-bit  
commands are clocked in on SDI on the first five SCK rising  
edges in the frame and latched into memory on the sixth SCK  
falling edge in the frame.  
If a valid channel command is received, the conversion result  
for that channel is available in only one conversion period.  
Figure 77 shows the relative timing between the 5-bit  
commands (represented by CMD) and the corresponding  
acquisition phase, conversion phase, and conversion result  
readback in single-cycle command mode.  
Two-cycle command mode maximizes the acquisition time for  
all channels because the 5-bit channel commands are latched in  
before the multiplexer switches select the corresponding  
channel and begin the ADC acquisition phase.  
Table 16 shows the valid commands for selecting IN0 to IN15  
or the temperature sensor. Commands other than those listed in  
Table 16 are treated as no operation (NOOP) commands and  
result in the multiplexer repeating the previous channel.  
Single-cycle command mode minimizes the latency between  
the 5-bit channel commands and the corresponding ADC data  
because the multiplexer switches select the specified channel  
immediately after the 5-bit command latches into memory. As  
a result, the acquisition time depends on how quickly the digital  
host can complete the write of the 5-bit command. Figure 95  
shows a conversion mode timing diagram with single-cycle  
command mode enabled, and Table 2 lists the relevant timing  
specifications. The tACQ in single-cycle command mode is a  
function of tCYC and the SCK period (tSCK), and can be calculated  
with the following expression:  
When two-cycle command mode is enabled, the first analog input  
channel selected is the one specified in the AS_SLOT0 register. The  
channel only updates when a valid command code is received.  
To enable two-cycle command mode, set the STD_SEQ_EN bit to  
0, set the NUM_SLOTS_AS field to 0x00 and set the  
CYC_CTRL bit to 0 (see Table 13).  
While the AD4695/AD4696 are in register configuration mode  
when the STD_SEQ_EN bit in the SEQ_CTRL register is set to  
0, the multiplexer automatically connects the channel specified  
in the AS_SLOT0 register to the ADC core inputs, which allows  
the ADC to acquire the signal on that channel even before the  
device enters conversion mode.  
t
ACQ = tCYC tCONVERT – (5.5 × tSCK)  
Table 16 shows the valid commands for selecting IN0 to IN15  
or the temperature sensor. Commands other than those listed in  
Table 16 are treated as NOOP commands and result in the  
multiplexer repeating the previous channel.  
When single-cycle command mode is enabled, the first analog  
input channel selected is the one specified in the AS_SLOT0  
register. The channel only updates after a valid command is  
received.  
Rev. 0 | Page 38 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
To enable single-cycle command mode, set the STD_SEQ_EN bit  
to 0, set the NUM_SLOTS_AS field to 0x00, and set the  
CYC_CTRL bit to 1 (see Table 13).  
mode enable settings, and threshold detection enable settings.  
Configure each CONFIG_INn register before entering  
conversion mode and initiating conversions.  
When single-cycle command mode is enabled, the configuration  
settings for each channel are set with the corresponding  
CONFIG_INn register. Therefore, all analog inputs can have  
different channel configuration options, analog input high-Z  
Oversampling is not supported when single-cycle command  
mode is enabled. Set the OSR for all analog inputs to 1 before  
entering conversion mode with single-cycle command mode  
enabled (see the Oversampling and Decimation section).  
CNV  
ADC  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
IN0  
PHASE  
MUX  
CHANNEL  
IN0  
IN2  
IN15  
TEMP  
BUSY  
SDOx  
IN0 RESULT  
IN2 RESULT  
IN15 RESULT  
TEMP RESULT  
Figure 73. Standard Sequencer Example with OSR = 1  
CNV  
ADC  
PHASE  
CONV  
IN6  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
IN6  
MUX  
CHANNEL  
IN10  
IN6  
IN3  
TEMP  
BUSY  
SDOx  
IN6 RESULT  
IN10 RESULT  
IN6 RESULT  
IN3 RESULT  
TEMP RESULT  
Figure 74. Advanced Sequencer Example with OSR = 1 for All Channels  
CNV  
1
2
N-1  
N
1
ADC  
PHASE  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
IN1  
MUX  
CHANNEL  
IN0  
BUSY  
SDOx  
IN0 RESULT  
Figure 75. Standard Sequencer and Advanced Sequencer SPI Frames with IN0 OSR = N  
CNV  
ADC  
PHASE  
CONV  
IN13  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
CONV  
ACQ  
MUX  
CHANNEL  
IN9  
IN8  
TEMP  
IN4  
IN4  
BUSY  
ON GPx  
SDI  
CMD = 0x18  
CMD = 0x0F  
IN9 RESULT  
CMD = 0x14  
IN8 RESULT  
CMD = 0x14  
CMD = 0x1A  
IN4 RESULT  
SDOx  
IN13 RESULT  
TEMP RESULT  
Figure 76. Two-Cycle Command Mode Timing  
Rev. 0 | Page 39 of 96  
 
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
CNV  
ADC  
PHASE  
CNV  
ACQ CNV  
TEMP  
ACQ CNV  
IN13  
ACQ CNV  
IN11  
ACQ  
MUX  
CHANNEL  
IN9  
IN11  
BUSY  
ON GPx  
SDI  
CMD = 0x0F  
CMD = 0x1D  
CMD = 0x1B  
CMD = NOOP  
SDOx  
IN9 RESULT  
IN4 RESULT  
IN13 RESULT  
IN11 RESULT  
Figure 77. Single-Cycle Command Mode Timing  
Rev. 0 | Page 40 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
DIGITAL INTERFACE  
CS  
SDI  
The AD4695/AD4696 digital interface includes a 4-wire SPI, a  
RESET  
convert start input (CNV), an active low reset input ( ), and  
ADDRESS  
ADDRESS  
WRITE DATA  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
W
R
a BSY_ALT_GP0 pin that functions as a general-purpose pin.  
WRITE  
READ  
SDO  
SDI  
The AD4695/AD4696 digital interface has two operating  
modes, register configuration mode and conversion mode. In  
register configuration mode, the SPI is used to read from and  
write to the configuration registers. In conversion mode, the  
SPI is used to read conversion results and optional status bits.  
See the Register Configuration Mode section and Conversion  
Mode section more details on these operating modes.  
PADDING  
SDO  
READ DATA  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 78. Basic SPI Frame  
The interface logic level is set by the VIO voltage, and can range  
from 1.2 V to 1.8 V. The AD4695/AD4696 use SPI Mode 3  
(clock phase (CPHA) = clock polarity (CPOL) = 1).  
Instruction Phase  
Each SPI frame starts with the instruction phase. The instruction  
CS  
phase immediately follows a  
falling edge (see Figure 78).  
write  
REGISTER CONFIGURATION MODE  
W
The instruction phase consists of a read/  
(R/ ) bit followed  
by a register address word. Set the R/ bit high to initiate a read  
W
When in register configuration mode, the digital host can read  
from and write to the AD4695/AD4696 configuration registers  
via the SPI. The device must be in register configuration mode to  
perform register read and write instructions. Register configuration  
mode is the default mode of operation on device power-up and  
reset.  
W
instruction or set the R/ bit low to initiate a write instruction.  
The register address word specifies the address of the register to  
be accessed. The register address word is 15 bits in length (long  
addressing) by default, and can be changed to 7 bits in length  
(short addressing) with the ADDR_LEN bit in the  
SPI_CONFIG_B register.  
The register configuration mode protocol is flexible and can be  
configured for efficient access of large blocks of the configuration  
register map. Each SPI frame consists of at least one instruction  
phase, at least one data phase, and an optional 8-bit cyclic  
redundancy check (CRC) checksum (see the Checksum  
Protection section). Data is transmitted over the SPI MSB first.  
The format and order of the instruction and data phases is  
configurable, as described in the Instruction Phase section  
through the Checksum Protection section. Figure 78 shows an  
example of a basic SPI frame that consists of the instruction  
phase, data phase, and optional CRC checksum.  
When using single instruction mode, each register read or write  
transaction in an SPI frame begins with an instruction phase.  
When using streaming mode, only one instruction phase is  
required per SPI frame to access a set of contiguous registers.  
See the Single Instruction Mode section and the Streaming  
Mode section for instructions on selecting and using these modes.  
Data Phase  
During the data phase, register data is either shifted out on  
SDO on SCK falling edges (for register reads) or latched in on  
SDI on SCK rising edges (for register writes). The data phase  
can include the data for an entire register or individual bytes of  
the register (see the Multibyte Register Access section).  
CS  
CS  
rising  
A
falling edge starts an SPI frame and a subsequent  
edge ends the SPI frame. Data is latched on SDI on the SCK rising  
edges and shifted out on SDO on the SCK falling edges. For all  
SPI transactions, data is aligned MSB first.  
If the CRC is disabled, the register contents are updated  
immediately after the final SCK rising edge of the data phase. If  
the CRC is enabled, the register contents are updated  
immediately after the final SCK rising edge of the checksum (if  
the checksum value matches the data in the data phase).  
Figure 90 shows a detailed timing diagram for register read and  
write operations via the SPI when the device is in register  
configuration mode. See Table 2 for the timing specifications  
shown in Figure 90.  
Address Direction Options  
See the Register Details section for a detailed description of the  
addresses and functions of the AD4695/AD4696 configuration  
registers.  
The address direction options control whether the address is set  
to automatically increment or decrement when accessing multiple  
bytes of data in a single data phase (for example, when accessing  
multibyte registers or when streaming mode is enabled). Figure 79  
and Figure 80 show SPI frames with both address direction  
options.  
The 5-bit register configuration mode command switches the  
device from conversion mode into register configuration mode  
(see the Register Configuration Mode Command section).  
Rev. 0 | Page 41 of 96  
 
 
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Select between the two address direction options with the  
ADDR_DIR bit in the SPI_CONFIG_A register. When the  
ADDR_DIR bit is set to 0, the descending address option is  
selected and the address decrements after each byte is accessed.  
When the ADDR_DIR bit is set to 1, the ascending address  
option is selected and the address increments after each byte is  
accessed. The descending address option is selected by default.  
individual bytes in a multibyte register (address = 0x0043) are  
accessed over multiple SPI transactions in streaming mode and  
single instruction mode with MB_STRICT = 1.  
When the MB_STRICT bit is set to 1, all bytes of a multibyte  
register must be read from or written to in the same SPI  
transaction. With this setting, the data phase includes all bytes  
when accessing a multibyte register. If the digital host fails to  
read from or write to the entire multibyte register, the SPI  
transaction is considered invalid and the MB_ERROR flag in the  
SPI_STATUS register is set to 1. This setting ensures that all modes  
or enable bits associated with a multibyte register are updated  
simultaneously. The MB_STRICT bit is set to 1 by default.  
Multibyte Register Access  
Some AD4695/AD4696 configuration registers contain  
multiple bytes of data stored in adjacent address locations in  
memory. These registers are referred to as multibyte registers.  
The address of each multibyte register is defined as the address  
of its least significant byte (LSByte), but the multibyte register  
contents extend across multiple register addresses. For example,  
the STD_SEQ_CONFIG register (Address 0x024) is two bytes  
long, the address of its LSByte is 0x024, and the address of its  
MSByte is 0x025. Table 28 specifies whether registers are single  
byte or multibyte  
When the MB_STRICT bit is set to 1, the order in which each byte  
of a multibyte register is read from or written to depends on the  
selected address direction option (see the Address Direction  
Options section). With the descending addresses option  
selected, the first byte accessed in the data phase is the MSByte  
of the multibyte register, and each subsequent byte corresponds  
to the data in the next lowest address. With the ascending  
addresses option selected, the first byte accessed in the data  
phase is the LSByte of the multibyte register and each  
subsequent byte corresponds to the data in the next highest  
address. Figure 79 and Figure 80 show generalized read and  
write transactions of a multibyte register for both address  
direction options.  
The state of the MB_STRICT bit in the SPI_CONFIG_C  
register determines whether multibyte registers are treated as a  
single unit of memory with one register address or as multiple  
registers that are each one byte long with individual register  
addresses.  
When the MB_STRICT bit is set to 0, each byte of a multibyte  
register must be read from or written to individually, which  
allows the digital host to access one byte of a multibyte register  
without accessing the other byte(s). With this setting, all data  
phases in an SPI frame consist of a single byte rather than the  
entire multibyte register, and each byte in a multibyte register is  
directly addressable. The contents of either byte are updated by  
an SPI write transaction as long as new data is provided for that  
entire byte. Figure 82 and Figure 87 show examples where  
When CRC is enabled, a checksum follows the data phase for  
each SPI transaction. When the MB_STRICT bit is set to 0, the  
checksum occurs after each byte of a multibyte register is  
accessed (see Figure 82 and Figure 87). When the MB_STRICT  
bit is set to 1, the checksum only occurs after all bytes of the  
multibyte register are accessed (see Figure 83 and Figure 88).  
CS  
SDI  
SDO  
SDI  
MSBYTE ADDRESS MSBYTE DATA LSBYTE DATA  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
W
R
WRITE  
READ  
PADDING  
PADDING  
MSBYTE ADDRESS  
SDO  
MSBYTE DATA LSBYTE DATA  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 79. Multibyte Register Access with MB_STRICT = 1 and Descending Address  
CS  
SDI  
SDO  
SDI  
LSBYTE ADDRESS LSBYTE DATA MSBYTE DATA  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
W
R
WRITE  
READ  
LSBYTE ADDRESS  
PADDING  
SDO  
LSBYTE DATA MSBYTE DATA  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 80. Multibyte Register Access with MB_STRICT = 1 and Ascending Address  
Rev. 0 | Page 42 of 96  
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
address decrements until it reaches Address 0x0000 and the  
Streaming Mode  
address is set to the highest valued register address available  
(Address 0x013F) on the subsequent byte access. If looping is  
disabled and the ascending address option is selected, the  
address increments until it reaches the highest valued register  
address available (Address 0x013F), and the address is set to  
Address 0x0000 on the subsequent byte access. Looping is  
disabled by default.  
When the INST_MODE bit in the SPI_CONFIG_B register is  
set to 0, streaming mode is enabled. In streaming mode, only  
one instruction phase is required per SPI frame and the register  
address being read from or written to is automatically updated  
after each data phase (based on the selected address direction  
option). The instruction phase is followed by multiple data  
phases for each register being accessed until the end of the SPI  
frame. Streaming mode enables efficient access to large,  
contiguous sections of the configuration register map, such as  
when updating the advanced sequencer slot registers  
Note that even when using 7-bit addressing, registers with  
addresses larger than 0xFF are still accessible in streaming  
mode. However, accessing these registers is generally more  
efficient using 15-bit addressing.  
(AS_SLOTn) to configure the advanced sequencer.  
Single Instruction Mode  
Figure 81 shows a generalized SPI frame for performing  
multiple register read and write transactions with streaming  
mode selected. Because there is only one instruction phase per  
frame in streaming mode, all SPI transactions in a given SPI  
frame are either all reads or all writes. The checksum is  
included in each data phase only if CRC is enabled (see the  
Checksum Protection section).  
When the INST_MODE bit in the SPI_CONFIG_B register is  
set to 1, single instruction mode is enabled. In single  
instruction mode, each SPI read or write transaction includes  
an instruction phase to specify whether the transaction is a read  
or a write and what address is being accessed. Single instruction  
mode allows the digital host to quickly read from and write to  
registers with nonadjacent register addresses in a single SPI  
frame, as opposed to streaming mode, which allows exclusively  
reading from or writing to registers with adjacent addresses  
without starting a new SPI frame.  
Figure 82 to Figure 84 show examples of accessing different  
parts of the register map with both address direction options  
and with both MB_STRICT options (see the Multibyte Register  
Access section).  
Figure 86 shows a generalized SPI frame for performing multiple  
register read and write transactions with single instruction  
mode selected. The checksum is included in each data phase  
only if CRC is enabled (see the Checksum Protection section).  
When streaming mode is active, a specified number of registers  
can be looped to repeatedly access the same registers multiple  
times in a single SPI frame. The LOOP_COUNT field in the  
LOOP_MODE register determines how many registers are  
accessed before the register address is reset to the starting  
address (the one specified in the instruction phase). When the  
MB_STRICT bit is set to 1, a multibyte register is considered  
one register when looping. When the MB_STRICT bit is set to  
0, each byte of a multibyte register is considered one register  
when looping. Figure 85 shows an example using looping to  
repeatedly read from the CLAMP_STATUSn registers.  
Figure 87 shows an example of reading from and writing to the  
MSByte and LSByte of the UPPER_IN1 register (MB_STRICT =  
0). Figure 88 and Figure 89 show examples of reading from the  
UPPER_IN1 register and writing to the UPPER_IN0 register in the  
same frame with both address direction options (MB_STRICT =  
1). Note that the UPPER_INn registers are multibyte registers,  
and when MB_STRICT is set to 1, both bytes must be read  
from or written to in one data phase (see the Multibyte Register  
Access register section).  
If LOOP_COUNT is set to 0x0, looping is disabled. If looping is  
disabled and the descending address option is selected, the  
CS  
SDI  
SDO  
SDI  
ADDRESS  
ADDRESS  
DATA  
PADDING  
PADDING  
DATA  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
DATA  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
DATA  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
W
R
WRITE  
READ  
PADDING  
PADDING  
PADDING  
PADDING  
SDO  
DATA  
[CRC]  
DATA  
[CRC]  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 81. Streaming Mode SPI Frame  
Rev. 0 | Page 43 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
0x0043  
0x0042  
0x0041  
CS  
SDI  
ADDR = 0x0043 DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
W
R
WRITE  
SDO  
SDI  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
ADDR = 0x0043 PADDING  
PADDING  
READ  
SDO  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
DATA PHASE  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
DATA PHASE  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
DATA PHASE  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
Figure 82. Streaming Mode SPI Frame, Looping Disabled, Descending Address, MB_STRICT = 0  
0x0043  
0x0041  
0x003F  
CS  
SDI  
ADDR = 0x0043  
ADDR = 0x0043  
DATA[15:0] [CRC] DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
DATA[7:0]  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
W
R
WRITE  
READ  
SDO  
SDI  
PADDING  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
SDO  
DATA[15:0] [CRC] DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
DATA[7:0]  
[CRC]  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 83. Streaming Mode SPI Frame, Looping Disabled, Descending Address, MB_STRICT = 1  
0x003F  
0x0040  
0x0042  
CS  
SDI  
ADDR = 0x003F  
ADDR = 0x003F  
DATA[7:0] [CRC] DATA[15:0] [CRC] DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
W
R
WRITE  
READ  
SDO  
SDI  
PADDING  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
PADDING  
SDO  
DATA[7:0] [CRC] DATA[15:0] [CRC] DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 84. Streaming Mode SPI Frame, Looping Disabled, Ascending Address, MB_STRICT = 1  
Figure 85. Streaming Mode SPI Frame, Looping Enabled, LOOP_COUNT = 7, Descending Address  
Rev. 0 | Page 44 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Figure 86. Single Instruction Mode SPI Frame  
CS  
SDI  
R
ADDR = 0x0043  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
ADDR = 0x0042  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
W
SDO  
DATA[7:0] [CRC]  
DATA PHASE  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 87. Single Instruction Mode SPI Frame, MB_STRICT = 0  
CS  
SDI  
R
ADDR = 0x0043  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
ADDR = 0x0041  
DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
W
SDO  
DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
DATA PHASE  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 88. Single Instruction Mode SPI Frame, MB_STRICT = 1, Descending Address  
CS  
SDI  
R
ADDR = 0x0042  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
ADDR = 0x0040  
DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
W
SDO  
DATA[15:0] [CRC]  
DATA PHASE  
PADDING  
[CRC]  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
INSTRUCTION PHASE  
DATA PHASE  
Figure 89. Single Instruction Mode SPI Frame, MB_STRICT = 1, Ascending Address  
performing multiple register reads with streaming mode  
Checksum Protection  
selected, where the digital host is only required to send a CRC  
on SDI for the first transaction (see Figure 81).  
The AD4695/AD4696 include optional error checking based on  
an 8-bit CRC in register configuration mode. When the CRC is  
enabled, an 8-bit checksum code is appended to the data phase  
of each register read or write transaction. The value of the  
checksum is calculated from the data read or written over the  
SPI, and therefore allows the AD4695/AD4696 and the digital  
host to detect corrupted data. If the checksum does not match  
the corresponding register data, the register read or write is  
considered invalid.  
When the AD4695/AD4696 receive a checksum that does not  
match its corresponding SPI transaction, the transaction is  
considered invalid, and the CRC_ERROR bit in the SPI_  
status register is set to 1. The CRC_ERROR bit is a write 1 to  
clear bit (R/W1C) and must be written to 1 to be cleared.  
When a write transaction is considered invalid, register contents  
are not updated. When a read transaction is considered invalid,  
the digital host must ignore the received register data and  
attempt the register read transaction again. Read to clear bits  
are also not cleared unless the register read transaction is  
considered valid (for example, the HI_INn and LO_INn bits in  
the ALERT_STATUSn registers).  
Figure 81 shows a generalized SPI frame for performing register  
reads and writes with streaming mode selected, including the  
CRC checksum. Figure 86 shows a generalized SPI frame for  
performing register reads and writes with single instruction  
mode selected, including the CRC checksum. Note that the  
checksums on SDI shown in both Figure 81 and Figure 86 are  
sent from the digital host to the AD4695/AD4696, and the  
digital host must send a valid checksum during the SPI read  
and write transactions pictured. The only exception is when  
When streaming mode and the CRC are both enabled and an  
invalid checksum is received for a given SPI transaction, all  
subsequent SPI transactions are considered invalid for the  
CS  
remainder of the SPI frame (until  
is brought high).  
Rev. 0 | Page 45 of 96  
 
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
The CRC is enabled with the CRC_EN and CRC_EN_N fields  
in the SPI_CONFIG_C register. To enable the CRC, CRC_EN  
must be set to 0x1 and CRC_EN_N must be set to 0x2. CRC is  
disabled for all other combinations of CRC_EN and  
CRC_EN_N.  
Each SPI transaction has a corresponding code and the  
polynomial is applied to that code to generate a checksum. The  
codes consist of an 8-bit seed value appended to data from the  
SPI transaction. Table 14 shows the data and seed values for  
each possible type of SPI transaction.  
The AD4695/AD4696 expect checksums to be included in each  
SPI transaction immediately after the CRC is enabled. Write to  
the SPI_CONFIG_C register to enable the CRC before writing  
to any other registers, then read the SPI_CONFIG_C register  
assuming that the CRC has been enabled. If the SPI master  
receives the correct state of the CRC_EN and CRC_EN_N  
fields and a valid checksum, the CRC is enabled, and the SPI  
master can begin configuring the remaining configuration  
registers.  
In single instruction mode, the seed for all CRCs is 0xA5. In  
streaming mode, the seed for the first CRC in the frame is also  
0xA5, but the seed for the remaining CRCs in the frame is the  
LSByte of the register address being accessed. If MB_STRICT is  
set to 1 and a multibyte register is accessed, the register address  
used for the seed depends on the selected address direction  
option. The address of the MSByte is used with descending  
address, and the address of the LSByte is used with ascending  
address. For example, in both Figure 83 and Figure 84, the  
second data phase includes data from the UPPER_IN0 register,  
but the seed used for the checksum is 0x41 with the descending  
address option (Figure 83) and 0x40 with the ascending address  
option (Figure 84).  
The following CRC polynomial is used to calculate the  
checksums:  
x8 + x2 + x + 1  
Table 14. CRC Input Values for SPI Modes and Transactions  
SPI Transaction Type  
Pin  
Single Instruction Mode or First CRC with Streaming Mode  
Subsequent CRCs with Streaming Mode  
SPI data = data phase bits  
Seed = LSByte of current register address  
SPI data = data phase bits  
Seed = LSByte of current register address  
Not applicable  
Write  
SDI  
SPI data = instruction phase bits, data phase bits  
Seed = 0xA5  
SDO SPI data = instruction phase bits, data phase bits  
Seed = 0xA5  
SDI  
Read  
SPI data = instruction phase bits, padding bits  
Seed = 0xA5  
SDO SPI data = instruction phase bits, data phase bits  
Seed = 0xA5  
SPI data = data phase bits  
Seed = LSByte of current register address  
Rev. 0 | Page 46 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The length of the data phase (represented by N in Figure 90)  
depends on whether the CRC is enabled and the length of the  
register being accessed (see the Checksum Protection and  
Multibyte Register Access sections).  
Register Read and Write Timing Diagrams  
Figure 90 shows a timing diagram for the SPI when the AD4695/  
AD4696 are in register configuration mode. See Table 2 for the  
timing specifications pictured in Figure 90.  
The AD4695/AD4696 ignore the state of CNV when in register  
configuration mode. The Entering Conversion Mode section  
describes the process for placing the AD4695/AD4696 in  
conversion mode.  
CS  
Register read and write transactions are framed by . While  
CS  
is high, SCK edges are ignored, and SDO is high impedance.  
CS  
A falling edge on  
begins an SPI frame and data on SDI is  
latched on SCK rising edges while data is shifted out on SDO  
Entering Conversion Mode  
CS  
on SCK falling edges. A rising edge on  
and forces SDO to high impedance.  
ends the SPI frame  
To place the AD4695/AD4696 in conversion mode, set  
the SPI_MODE bit in the setup register to 1. When the  
SPI_MODE bit is set to 1, the SPI frame immediately terminates,  
and the device enters conversion mode. No further register  
reads or writes can occur until the device enters register  
configuration mode again.  
CS  
The first phase of an SPI frame immediately following a  
falling edge is the instruction phase. The instruction phase is  
followed by the data phase. For SPI read transactions, the  
register contents are shifted out on SDO during the data phase.  
For SPI write transactions, the register contents are latched in  
on SDI during the data phase. See the Streaming Mode and  
Single Instruction Mode sections for a detailed description of  
the order of instruction and data phases in each SPI frame.  
The digital host must provide a delay specified by tSCKCNV after  
the final SCK rising edge of the register write before initiating  
conversions with a CNV rising edge (see Table 2 and Figure 90).  
The length of the address in the instruction phase (represented  
by M in Figure 90) is set by the ADDR_LEN bit in the  
SPI_CONFIG_B register (see the Instruction Phase section).  
tCNVL  
CNV  
tCSBH  
tSCKCNV  
CS  
tEN  
tSCK  
tSCKH  
tSCKL  
tSCKCSB  
SCK  
tHSDI  
tSSDI  
SDI  
ADDR[M – 1]  
ADDR[M – 2]  
DATA[N – 1]  
DATA[0]  
CSBDIS  
R/W  
CSBDIS  
DSDO  
HSDO  
HIGH-Z  
SDO  
DATA[N – 1]  
DATA[0]  
Figure 90. Register Configuration Mode Timing Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 47 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
When autocycle mode is enabled, the AD4695/AD4696  
CONVERSION MODE  
generate their own internal convert start signal to autonomously  
perform conversions without a CNV signal from the digital  
host (see the Autocycle Mode section).  
When the AD4695/AD4696 are in conversion mode, CNV  
rising edges initiate conversions on the selected channel and  
the channel sequencing logic updates the multiplexer to the  
next channel (see the Converter Operation and Channel  
Sequencing Modes sections). The device enters conversion  
mode when the SPI_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1.  
Status Bits  
A set of five status bits can be appended to the end of each  
conversion result. The status bits allow the digital host to  
monitor the status of the analog inputs without interrupting  
analog-to-digital conversions. Table 15 shows the names and  
descriptions of the status bits.  
In conversion mode, the SPI is used to read the ADC results and  
write the 5-bit SDI commands shown in Table 16. Figure 91 to  
Figure 96 show timing diagrams for SPI frames relative to  
CS  
performing conversions. The CNV pin and  
pin can be tied  
By default, the OV_ALT status bit indicates the status of the  
overvoltage clamp flags (the bitwise logical OR of the  
CLAMP_FLAG bit and COM_CLAMP_FLAG bit in the status  
register). When the OV_ALT_MODE bit in the GP_MODE  
register is set to 1, the OV_ALT status bit is the logical OR of  
the CLAMP_FLAG bit and the threshold detection alert  
indicator (TD_ALERT bit in the status register). The digital  
host can monitor the state of the OV_ALT bit to detect and  
respond to out of range events.  
together to enable interfacing with a single 4-wire SPI port (see  
Figure 96). Each ADC result is available until the next CNV  
rising edge occurs.  
An optional set of five status bits can be appended to the ADC  
data. The status bits include channel information, the  
overvoltage clamp flag, and a threshold detection alert  
indicator. See the Status Bits section for a description of the  
status bits and how they are enabled.  
The INX bits indicate which of the 16 analog inputs the  
conversion result corresponds to. The values for the INX bits  
range from 0 to 15 (0x0 to 0xF) and correspond to IN0 to IN15,  
respectively. An INX value of 15 corresponds to either IN15 or  
the temperature sensor. The INX bits can be used by the digital  
host to align the ADC data with the sequence of analog input  
channels.  
In conversion mode, the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can be assigned as  
an additional serial data output to reduce the SCK frequency  
required to shift out the ADC result plus optional status bits  
before the next conversion occurs. See the Serial Data Output  
Modes section for a description of the options available on both  
package options of the AD4695/AD4696 and how to enable  
these modes.  
Set the STATUS_EN bit in the setup register to 1 to enable the  
status bits. The status bits are disabled by default. When the  
status bits are enabled, the serial data output word extends to 24  
bits, where Bit 20 to Bit 24 contain the status bits (see Table 19 and  
Table 20).  
The BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can also be assigned as either the busy  
indicator or the threshold detection alert indicator. Figure 91 to  
Figure 96 show the relative timing of the CNV signal and the  
busy and alert indicators when they are assigned to  
BSY_ALT_GP0. The General-Purpose Pin section describes  
how to set BSY_ALT_GP0 to the desired function.  
Table 15. Status Bits Names and Descriptions  
Status Word Index  
Bit Name  
Description  
Bit 4  
OV_ALT  
Active high. Indicates the status of the overvoltage protection clamp flag and (if enabled) the status  
of the threshold detection alert indicator.  
Bits[3:0]  
INX  
Indicates what analog input channel the ADC data corresponds to (IN0 to IN15).  
Table 16. Conversion Mode Commands  
Channel Sequencing Mode  
5-Bit SDI Command (CMD)  
Description  
Two-Cycle Command Mode and Single-Cycle Command Mode  
0x00 to 0x09, 0x0B to 0x0E  
NOOP  
0x0A  
0x0F  
0x10 to 0x1F  
Register configuration mode command  
Temperature sensor channel selection  
IN0 to IN15 channel selection  
NOOP  
Standard Sequencer and Advanced Sequencer  
0x00 to 0x09, 0x0B to 0x1F  
0x0A  
Register configuration mode command  
Rev. 0 | Page 48 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The serial data output modes only apply when the device is in  
conversion mode. In register configuration mode, register read  
data is always shifted out serially on SDO only.  
Serial Data Output Modes  
The AD4695/AD4696 digital interface allows clocking out ADC  
data on more than one serial data output, which reduces the  
number of SCK periods required to access the full ADC result  
and allows slower SCK frequencies. The two serial data output  
modes include single-SDO mode and dual-SDO mode. In single-  
SDO mode, the ADC results are only shifted out on SDO. In  
dual-SDO mode, ADC results are shifted out on SDO and  
BSY_ALT_GP0 in parallel.  
The SDO_MODE field in the setup register determines which  
serial data output mode is selected. Table 18 shows the values of  
SDO_MODE and the corresponding serial data output modes.  
Table 17. Serial Data Output Mode Pin Assignments  
Mode  
Signal  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
Pin  
Single-SDO Mode  
Dual-SDO Mode  
SDO  
BSY_ALT_GP0  
SDO  
Table 17 shows the pins used for each serial data output signal for  
each serial data output mode. Table 19 and Table 20, show the  
formatting of conversion results for all combinations of serial  
data output modes, status bits, and OSR options. The values of  
the blank cells in Table 19 and Table 20 depend on the setting  
of SDO_STATE, as described in the Conversion Mode Timing  
Diagrams section.  
Table 18. SDO_MODE Values vs. Serial Data Output Mode  
SDO_MODE  
Mode  
0x0  
0x1  
0x2  
0x3  
Single-SDO Mode  
Dual-SDO Mode  
Single-SDO Mode  
Single-SDO Mode  
Table 19. Single-SDO Mode Data Output Format  
SCK Falling Edge Number  
15 16 17 18 19 20  
D1 D0  
D2 D1 D0  
D3 D2 D1 D0  
OSR Setting Status Bits Signal  
1
2
3
21  
22  
23  
24  
1
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
SDO0  
SDO0  
SDO0  
SDO0  
SDO0  
SDO0  
SDO0  
SDO0  
D15 D14 D13  
D16 D15 D14  
D17 D16 D15  
D18 D17 D16  
D15 D14 D15  
D16 D15 D16  
D17 D16 D17  
D18 D17 D16  
4
16  
64  
1
D4 D3 D2 D1 D0  
D1 D0  
D2 D1 D0  
D3 D2 D1 D0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
OV_ALT INX[3] INX[2] INX[1] INX[0]  
OV_ALT INX[3] INX[2] INX[1] INX[0]  
OV_ALT INX[3] INX[2] INX[1] INX[0]  
4
16  
64  
D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 OV_ALT INX[3] INX[2] INX[1] INX[0]  
Table 20. Dual-SDO Mode Data Output Format  
SCK Falling Edge Number  
OSR Setting  
Status Bits  
Signal  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
SDO1  
SDO0  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
1
Disabled  
D15  
D14  
D16  
D15  
D17  
D16  
D18  
D17  
D15  
D14  
D16  
D15  
D17  
D16  
D18  
D17  
D13  
D12  
D14  
D13  
D15  
D14  
D16  
D15  
D13  
D12  
D14  
D13  
D15  
D14  
D16  
D15  
D11  
D10  
D12  
D11  
D13  
D12  
D14  
D13  
D11  
D10  
D12  
D11  
D13  
D12  
D14  
D13  
D9  
D8  
D10  
D9  
D11  
D10  
D12  
D11  
D9  
D8  
D10  
D9  
D7  
D6  
D8  
D7  
D9  
D8  
D10  
D9  
D7  
D6  
D8  
D7  
D9  
D8  
D10  
D9  
D5  
D4  
D6  
D5  
D7  
D6  
D8  
D7  
D5  
D4  
D6  
D5  
D7  
D6  
D8  
D7  
D3  
D2  
D4  
D3  
D5  
D4  
D6  
D5  
D3  
D2  
D4  
D3  
D5  
D4  
D6  
D5  
D1  
D0  
D2  
D1  
D3  
D2  
D4  
D3  
D1  
D0  
D2  
D1  
D3  
D2  
D4  
D3  
4
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
D0  
16  
64  
1
D1  
D0  
D2  
D1  
0
0
D0  
0
D1  
D0  
D2  
D1  
D0  
0
INX[3]  
INX[1]  
INX[3]  
INX[1]  
INX[3]  
INX[1]  
INX[3]  
INX[1]  
INX[2]  
INX[0]  
INX[2]  
INX[0]  
INX[2]  
INX[0]  
INX[2]  
INX[0]  
OV_ALT  
0
OV_ALT  
0
OV_ALT  
D0  
OV_ALT  
4
16  
64  
D11  
D10  
D12  
D11  
Rev. 0 | Page 49 of 96  
 
 
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
The SDO_STATE bit in the setup register determines the  
Conversion Mode Timing Diagrams  
behavior of the serial data output(s) at the beginning and the end  
of the conversion mode SPI frames. When the SDO_STATE bit is  
set to 0, the serial data output(s) hold their final value(s) until  
the MSB of the next conversion result is clocked out. The serial  
data output(s) remain in this state even if multiple extra SCK  
falling edges occur after the full result is shifted out. The serial  
Figure 91 to Figure 96 show detailed timing diagrams for  
performing analog-to-digital conversions when the AD4695/  
AD4696 are in conversion mode with each serial data output  
mode option (with autocycle mode disabled).  
When the device is in conversion mode, a CNV rising edge  
initiates a conversion and enters the conversion phase (see the  
Converter Operation section). When a conversion is initiated, it  
continues until completion regardless of the state of CNV. When  
the standard sequencer, advanced sequencer, or two-cycle  
command mode is enabled, the device enters the acquisition  
phase before the conversion phase is complete. When single-  
cycle command mode is enabled, the device enters the  
acquisition phase after the sixth SCK rising edge in the SPI  
frame. Figure 91 through Figure 94 and Figure 96 show tACQ  
when the standard sequencer, advanced sequencer, or two-  
cycle command mode is enabled. Figure 95 shows tACQ when  
single-cycle command mode is enabled.  
CS  
data output(s) are forced to high impedance when  
is brought  
CS  
high, but return to the previous state after  
is brought low  
again. Figure 91 and Figure 93 show the behavior of the serial  
data output(s) when SDO_STATE is set to 0. SDO_STATE is  
set to 0 by default.  
When SDO_STATE is set to 1, the busy indicator is enabled on  
the serial data output(s) (see the Busy Indicator section). The  
serial data output(s) are forced to high impedance if any SCK  
falling edges occur after the final bits of the result are already  
CS  
clocked out, or when CNV or  
is brought high. When a CNV  
rising edge initiates a conversion, the serial data output(s) remain  
high impedance until the conversion phase is complete and the  
result is available to be read over the SPI. The serial data output(s)  
are driven low when the data is ready. If the current selected  
channel has an OSR greater than 1, the serial data output(s) are  
CS  
CS  
is high, SCK edges  
frames the conversion result data. While  
are ignored, and all pins assigned as serial data outputs are high  
CS  
impedance. While  
is low, data is clocked out with the MSB first  
on the serial data output(s) on SCK falling edges, and data is  
latched in on SDI on the SCK rising edges.  
CS  
driven low after the oversampled result is ready. Note that  
must be driven low for the busy indicator to appear on the  
serial data output(s).  
CS  
CNV and  
can be tied together and driven by the chip select  
of the SPI master to minimize the number of digital signals  
required to interface with the AD4695/AD4696 (see the SPI  
Peripheral Connections section). Figure 96 shows a timing  
diagram of the AD4695/AD4696 interfacing with a 4-wire SPI  
When the busy indicator is enabled on BSY_ALT_GP0, the  
BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is driven high after a CNV rising edge and  
is driven low when the conversion is complete (see the Busy  
Indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0 section). The signal labeled busy  
in Figure 91 to Figure 95 represents the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin  
assigned as the busy indicator. Figure 75 in the Channel  
Sequencing Modes section shows the relative timing of the CNV  
rising edge and the busy indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0 for OSR  
settings of 1 and greater than 1.  
CS  
with the CNV and  
signals tied together.  
The conversion phase must be complete before the digital host  
provides the first SCK falling edge. The digital host can use the  
busy indicator falling edge to detect the end of the conversion  
phase and to begin clocking out the ADC results. Otherwise,  
the digital host must include a delay dictated by the conversion  
time specification (tCONVERT) in Table 2 between the CNV rising  
edge and the first SCK falling edge.  
When the threshold detection alert indicator is enabled on  
BSY_ALT_GP0, the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin reflects the value of the  
TD_ALERT bit in the status register. The signal labeled alert in  
Figure 91 to Figure 95 represents the BSY_ALT_GP0 assigned  
as the alert indicator. Figure 75 in the Channel Sequencing  
Modes section show the relative timing of the CNV rising edge  
and the alert indicator on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin for OSR  
settings of 1 and greater than 1.  
The 5-bit SDI commands shown in Table 16 are latched in on  
SDI on the first five SCK rising edges in the SPI frame. The register  
configuration mode command instructs the AD4695/AD4696 to  
exit conversion mode and enter register configuration mode  
(see the Register Configuration Mode Command section). The  
channel select commands in Table 16 are only used when two-  
cycle command mode or single-cycle command mode is  
enabled, and are interpreted as NOOP commands when the  
standard sequencer or the advanced sequencer is enabled (see  
the Channel Sequencing Modes section).  
Register Configuration Mode Command  
The register configuration mode command is a 5-bit command  
written on SDI that instructs the device to exit conversion mode  
and enter register configuration mode. The register configuration  
mode command is 0x0A. Figure 97 shows the relative timing of  
the register configuration mode command and the AD4695/  
AD4696 entering register configuration mode.  
To ensure optimal performance, there must be a sufficient  
delay between the final SCK edge and the next CNV rising edge,  
and there must be no SCK activity until the conversion time has  
elapsed (see tSCKCNV in Table 2 and Figure 91 to Figure 96).  
Rev. 0 | Page 50 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The register configuration mode command is clocked in on SDI on  
the first five SCK rising edges after a conversion. When the register  
configuration mode command is received, the subsequent rising  
mode. The digital host must wait for the tREGCONFIG delay (shown in  
Figure 97 and Table 2) to elapse between the fifth SCK rising edge  
CS  
and the  
rising edge.  
CS  
edge on places the AD4695/AD4696 in register configuration  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
CNVH  
ACQ  
CNVL  
CNV  
ADC  
CONVERSION  
PHASE  
ACQUISITION  
CNVBSY  
SCKCNV  
BUSY  
CNVALT  
ALERT  
CSBH  
CS  
SCKCSB  
EN  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
15 TO  
23  
16 TO  
24  
SCK  
1
2
3
5
6
HSDI  
SSDI  
SDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
DSDO  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
CSBDIS  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
LSB  
SDO LSB  
MSB  
MSB – 1  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 3  
MSB – 4  
LSB+1  
LSB  
N
N–1  
N–1  
N
N
N
N
N
N
Figure 91. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram, Single-SDO Mode, SDO_STATE = 0  
Rev. 0 | Page 51 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
CNVH  
ACQ  
CNVL  
CNV  
ADC  
PHASE  
CONVERSION  
ACQUISITION  
CNVBSY  
SCKCNV  
BUSY  
CNVALT  
ALERT  
CSBH  
CS  
SCKCSB  
EN  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
15 TO  
23  
16 TO  
24  
1
2
3
5
6
SCK  
HSDI  
SSDI  
SDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
DSDO  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
CSBDIS  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
SDO  
MSB  
MSB – 1  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 3  
MSB – 4  
LSB + 1  
LSB  
Figure 92. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram, Single-SDO Mode, SDO_STATE = 1  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
CNVH  
ACQ  
CNVL  
CNV  
ADC  
CONVERSION  
CNVBSY  
ACQUISITION  
PHASE  
SCKCNV  
BUSY  
CNVALT  
CSBH  
ALERT  
CS  
SCKCSB  
EN  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
7 TO  
11  
8 TO  
12  
1
2
3
5
6
SCK  
HSDI  
SSDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
SDI  
DSDO  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
LSB–1  
LSB–1  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 4  
MSB – 6  
MSB – 8  
MSB – 9  
LSB + 3  
LSB + 1  
N
N–1  
N–1  
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
SDO1  
SDO0 LSB  
MSB – 1  
N
MSB – 3  
MSB – 5  
MSB – 7  
LSB + 2  
LSB  
N
N–1  
N
1  
N
N
N
N
Figure 93. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram, Dual-SDO Mode, SDO_STATE = 0  
Rev. 0 | Page 52 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
CNVH  
ACQ  
CNVL  
CNV  
ADC  
PHASE  
CONVERSION  
CNVBSY  
ACQUISITION  
SCKCNV  
BUSY  
CNVALT  
CSBH  
ALERT  
EN  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
7 TO  
11  
8 TO  
12  
6
1
2
3
5
SCK  
HSDI  
SSDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
DSDO  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
CSBDIS  
SDO1  
SDO0  
MSB  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 3  
MSB – 4  
MSB – 5  
MSB – 6  
MSB – 8  
MSB – 9  
LSB + 3  
LSB + 2  
MSB – 1  
MSB – 7  
Figure 94. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram, Dual-SDO Mode, SDO_STATE = 1  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
ACQ  
CNVH  
CNVL  
CNV  
ADC  
PHASE  
CONVERSION  
CNVBSY  
ACQUISITION  
SCKCNV  
BUSY  
CSBH  
CS  
EN  
SCKCSB  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
15 TO  
23  
16 TO  
24  
1
2
3
5
6
SCK  
HSDI  
SSDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
SDI  
Figure 95. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram, Single-Cycle Command Mode Enabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 53 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
CNVH  
ACQ  
CNV  
CS  
ADC  
CONVERSION  
PHASE  
ACQUISITION  
SCKH  
SCK  
SCKL  
EN  
SCKCNV  
SCKCSB  
15 TO  
23  
16 TO  
24  
SCK  
SDI  
1
2
3
4
5
6
HSDI  
SSDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
DSDO  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
LSB + 1  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
CSBDIS  
SDO  
MSB  
MSB – 1  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 3  
MSB – 4  
LSB  
Figure 96. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram with 4-Wire SPI, Single-SDO Mode, SDO_STATE = 1  
CNVH  
CNV  
CONVERT  
BUSY  
CSBH  
REGCONFIG  
CS  
EN  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
SCKCSB  
16 TO  
24  
1
2
3
5
6
7
SCK  
HSDI  
SSDI  
SDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
CSBDIS  
DSDO  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
LSB  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB – 1  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 3  
MSB – 4  
MSB – 5  
LSB  
N
SDO  
N-1  
N-1  
N
N
N
N
N
N
Figure 97. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram, Register Configuration Mode Command  
AUTOCYCLE MODE  
Table 21. Autocycle Mode Conversion Period Options  
The AD4695/AD4696 can be configured to convert autonomously  
on a user-programmed channel sequence, which is the ideal mode  
of operation for system monitoring. When autocycle mode is  
enabled, the AD4695/AD4696 generate an internal clock that  
acts as the convert start signal, and the digital host is not  
required to generate a signal on CNV. The internal convert  
start clock is enabled when the AD4695/AD4696 enter  
conversion mode. The internal convert start clock is disabled  
when the AD4695/AD4696 enter register configuration mode.  
Therefore, conversions only occur when the AD4695/AD4696  
are in conversion mode.  
AC_CYC, Bits[2:0]  
Value  
Conversion Period  
(μs)  
Sample Rate  
(kSPS)  
0x0  
0x1  
0x2  
0x3  
0x4  
0x5  
0x6  
0x7  
10  
20  
40  
80  
100  
200  
400  
800  
100  
50  
25  
12.5  
10  
5
2.5  
1.25  
Autocycle mode can be used in conjunction with the busy  
indicator, threshold detection alerts, and the standard or  
advanced sequencers to reduce overhead for the digital host  
system. The threshold detection alert indicator can be assigned  
to the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin and used as an interrupt to indicate a  
predetermined out of bounds event. The threshold detection  
interrupt service routine can optionally trigger an SPI  
Autocycle mode is enabled when the AC_EN bit in the  
AC_CTRL register is set to 1. There are eight options for the  
period of the internal convert start signal. The convert start  
signal period is selected with the AC_CYC field in the AC_CTRL  
register. Table 21 shows the conversion period and  
corresponding sample rates for each AC_CYC value.  
instruction to read back the most recent conversion result and  
Rev. 0 | Page 54 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
exit conversion mode to determine the specific type of out of  
bounds event using the alert indicator registers  
(ALERT_STATUS1 to ALERT_STATUS4).  
transaction before the next conversion begins (see the Conversion  
Mode SPI Clock Frequency Requirements section).  
The tACBSY specification dictates how long the busy indicator is  
low between two conversions when autocycle mode is enabled.  
The tSCKCNV specification dictates how much time must be given  
between the final SCK rising edge of the SPI transaction and the  
start of the next conversion.  
Note that the SPI transactions when autocycle mode is enabled  
must adhere to the timing specifications of conversion mode  
(see the Conversion Mode section and Table 2). Either the alert  
indicator or the busy indicator can be assigned to the  
BSY_ALT_GP0 pin to determine when the digital host can  
initiate the SPI transaction. See the General-Purpose Pin  
section for a description of configuring the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin  
to output the busy indicator or the alert indicator.  
The tCNVALT specification indicates the delay between the start of  
the conversion and when the alert indicator state is updated. A  
rising edge of the alert indicator does not directly imply that the  
AD4695/AD4696 interface is ready for an SPI transaction, but  
can be used as an interrupt to trigger an SPI transaction if the  
transaction is completed before the remainder of tCYC elapses.  
As shown in Figure 98, SPI transactions when using autocycle  
mode must not start before tCONVERT has elapsed. The busy  
indicator or the alert indicator must be used to ensure the digital  
host is synchronized to the internal convert start clock (see the SPI  
Peripheral Synchronization in Autocycle Mode section). The SCK  
rate must also be fast enough to complete the desired SPI  
Autocycle mode is intended to be used with the standard  
sequencer and advanced sequencer to minimize the overhead  
for the digital host. Autocycle mode can be used with two-cycle  
command mode and single-cycle command mode, but the digital  
host must transmit the 5-bit SDI commands for selecting channels.  
CYC  
tCONVERT  
ACQ  
ADC  
CONVERSION  
PHASE  
ACQUISITION  
ACBSY  
BUSY  
CNVALT  
ALERT  
CSBH  
SCKCNV  
CS  
SCKCSB  
EN  
SCK  
SCKH  
4
SCKL  
15 TO  
23  
16 TO  
24  
SCK  
SDI  
1
2
3
5
6
HSDI  
SSDI  
CMD[4]  
CMD[3]  
CMD[2]  
CMD[1]  
CMD[0]  
DON'T CARE  
CSBDIS  
DSDO  
HSDO  
CSBDIS  
LSB  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB – 1  
MSB – 2  
MSB – 3  
MSB – 4  
LSB + 1  
LSB  
N
N–1  
SDO  
N–1  
N
N
N
N
N
N
Figure 98. Conversion Mode Timing Diagram with Autocycle Mode Enabled (Single-SDO Mode, SDO_STATE = 0)  
Rev. 0 | Page 55 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
the GPIO_STATE register to set the state of this signal. Bit 0 of  
the GPO_WRITE field in the GPIO_STATE register controls the  
state of the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin when configured as a general-  
purpose output (see Table 52). The logic output thresholds for  
GENERAL-PURPOSE PIN  
Table 22 shows the functions available on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin,  
plus the function priority (lower numbers indicate higher priority).  
To configure the BSY_ALT_GP0 for a given function, all higher  
priority functions must be disabled. The Busy Indicator section,  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section, Serial Data  
Output Modes section, and GPIO section describe the behavior  
of the BSY_ALT_GP0 when the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is  
the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin are specified in Table 1 as VOL and VOH  
.
DEVICE RESET  
A device reset reinitializes the AD4695/AD4696 configuration  
registers. The AD4695/AD4696 provide several options for  
performing a device reset, including a hardware reset, a  
software reset, and PORs.  
configured for each function shown in Table 22.  
When the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is configured for any function  
other than a general-purpose input, the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin  
functions as a digital output. If another device attempts to drive  
the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin while the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is  
configured as a digital output, contention occurs and can  
damage the AD4695/AD4696. The BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is  
configured as a digital input by default.  
Hardware resets, software resets, and PORs all assert the  
RESET_FLAG bit in the status register. The RESET_FLAG bit  
is a read to clear bit and is automatically set to 0 after a valid  
read from the status register. The RESET_FLAG bit can be used  
by the digital host to confirm that the device has executed a  
device reset, or if a reset was performed unintentionally.  
Table 22. General-Purpose Pin Functions and Function  
Priority of the BSY_ALT_GP0 Pin  
Function Priority  
All device reset methods require a delay between the start of the  
reset instruction and when the AD4695/AD4696 SPI is ready to  
receive communications from the digital host. The device reset  
delays are shown in Figure 99 through Figure 106 and in Table 2.  
When the digital host attempts to perform an SPI read or write  
transaction before the device is ready, the transaction is  
considered invalid and the NOT_RDY_ERROR bit in the  
SPI_STATUS is set to 1. The NOT_RDY_ERROR bit is a  
R/W1C bit and is only reset when set to 1 with a valid register  
write transaction.  
1 (Highest  
Priority)  
4 (Lowest  
Priority)  
Pin  
2
3
BSY_ALT_GP0 SDO1  
signal  
Alert  
Busy  
GPIO  
indicator indicator  
(dual-SDO  
mode)  
GPIO  
The BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can be configured as a general-purpose  
input or general-purpose output using the GPI0_EN and  
GPO0_EN bits in the GPIO_CTRL register, respectively (see  
Table 50). The BSY_ALT_GP0 bit is configured as an input  
when the corresponding GPI0_EN bit is set to 1 and is  
configured as an output when the corresponding GPO0_EN bit  
is set to 1.  
Hardware Reset  
RESET  
A hardware reset is initiated by the  
shows a timing diagram for performing a hardware reset. tRESETL is  
RESET  
falling edge. Figure 99  
the minimum amount of time that  
and tHWR_DELAY is the time that the digital host must wait between a  
RESET  
must be driven low,  
falling edge and starting an SPI frame (see Table 2).  
If the internal LDO supplies VDD, and the internal LDO is  
disabled before a hardware reset, the internal LDO is enabled by  
the hardware reset and an additional delay is required to account  
for the internal LDO output reaching the VDD minimum required  
voltage (see the Power-On Resets section).  
The GPIO functionality on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin allows the  
digital host to monitor logic outputs or control logic inputs of  
other devices in the system through the AD4695/AD4696 SPI  
instead of using additional digital host GPIO pins. The  
AD4695/AD4696 GPIO functionality is especially useful in  
digitally isolated applications because the functions reduce the  
number of required digital isolation channels.  
Software Reset  
To initiate a software reset, set the SW_RST_MSB bit and  
SW_RST_LSB bit in the SPI_CONFIG_A register to 1. A software  
reset reinitializes the state of all configuration registers listed in  
the Register Information section to the default values, except  
for the SPI_CONFIG_A register. When the software reset is  
complete, the SW_RST_MSB bit and SW_RST_LSB bit  
automatically clear. Figure 100 shows the timing requirements  
for performing a software reset. tSWR_DELAY is the time that the  
digital host must wait between the software reset and starting a  
new SPI frame (see Table 2).  
When the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is configured as a general-  
purpose input, the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can be connected to a  
logic output of another device in the system and the digital host  
can read the GPIO_STATE register to monitor the  
BSY_ALT_GP0 pin state. Bit 0 of the GPI_READ field in the  
GPIO_STATE register indicates the state of the BSY_ALT_GP0  
pin (see Table 52). The logic input thresholds for the  
BSY_ALT_GP0 pin are specified in Table 1 as VIL and VIH.  
When the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin is configured as a general-purpose  
output, the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin can be connected to a logic input  
of another device in the system, such as other multiplexers or  
programmable gain amplifiers, and the digital host can write to  
Rev. 0 | Page 56 of 96  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Figure 104 shows a timing diagram of a VIO POR where the  
internal LDO is used to supply VDD. tPOR_VIO2 is the time that the  
digital host must wait between VIO being supplied and starting an  
SPI frame.  
Power-On Resets (PORs)  
A POR is initiated when VDD or VIO is first supplied. When a  
POR event is detected, the AD4695/AD4696 configuration  
registers are initialized to the default values, but it is still  
recommended to perform either a hardware reset or a software  
reset after a POR.  
When the internal LDO supplies VDD, a POR occurs when the  
internal LDO is enabled by the LDO wake-up command or by a  
hardware reset if the internal LDO was previously disabled  
(LDO_EN bit = 0). Figure 105 shows a timing diagram of a POR  
where the internal LDO is enabled by the LDO wake-up  
command. tWAKEUP_SW is the time that the digital host must wait  
between the LDO wake-up command and starting a new SPI  
frame. Figure 106 shows a timing diagram of a POR where the  
internal LDO is enabled by a hardware reset. tWAKEUP_HW is the  
time that the digital host must wait between the hardware reset  
and starting an SPI frame.  
Figure 101 shows a timing diagram of a VDD POR where VIO is  
already supplied. tPOR_VDD is the time that the digital host must wait  
between VDD first being supplied and starting an SPI frame (see  
Table 2). Figure 102 shows a timing diagram of a VIO POR where  
VDD is already supplied. tPOR_VIO1 is the time that the digital host  
must wait between VIO first being supplied and starting an SPI  
frame (see Table 2).  
When VDD is supplied by the internal LDO, the VDD POR is  
triggered when the internal LDO output drives VDD to at least the  
minimum VDD specification. The internal LDO output is only  
enabled when both LDO_IN and VIO are supplied, and when the  
LDO_EN bit in the SETUP register is set to 1 (see the Internal  
LDO section).  
tPOR_LDO, tPOR_VIO2, tWAKEUP_HW, and tWAKEUP_SW all depend on the VDD  
decoupling capacitance (CVDD). Larger values of CVDD increase the  
amount of time it takes for the internal LDO output voltage to  
reach the minimum VDD supply voltage to trigger a VDD POR.  
Table 2 provides typical values for these reset delay specifications  
with CVDD = 1 μF.  
Figure 103 shows a timing diagram of an LDO_IN POR where  
VIO is already supplied. tPOR_LDO is the time that the digital host  
must wait between LDO_IN first being supplied and starting an  
SPI frame.  
VDD  
RESET  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
DON'T CARE  
REG READ/WRITE DATA  
Figure 99. Hardware Reset Timing Diagram  
VDD  
CS  
CSBH  
SWR_DELAY  
SCK  
SDI  
SW RESET INSTRUCTION  
DON'T CARE  
REG READ/WRITE DATA  
Figure 100. Software Reset Timing Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 57 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
VIO  
LDO_IN  
VDD  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
DON'T CARE  
REG READ/WRITE DATA  
Figure 101. VDD POR Timing Diagram  
VIO  
POR_VIO1  
VDD  
CSBH  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
Figure 102. VIO POR Timing Diagram (VDD Supplied Externally)  
VIO  
LDO_IN  
VDD  
POR_LDO  
CSBH  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
DON'T CARE  
REG READ/WRITE DATA  
Figure 103. LDO_IN POR Timing Diagram (Internal LDO Supplying VDD)  
VIO  
LDO_IN  
POR_VIO2  
VDD  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
DON'T CARE  
REG READ/WRITE DATA  
Figure 104. VIO POR Timing Diagram (Internal LDO Supplying VDD)  
Rev. 0 | Page 58 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
VIO  
LDO_IN  
VDD  
CSBH  
CS  
WAKEUP_SW  
SCK  
SDI  
LDO WAKEUP COMMAND  
DON'T CARE  
REG READ/WRITE DATA  
Figure 105. LDO Wake-Up Command POR Timing Diagram  
LDO_IN  
VDD  
RESET  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
Figure 106. POR with Internal LDO Enabled by Hardware Reset Timing Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 59 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION  
Figure 107 shows an example of the recommended connection  
diagram for the AD4695/AD4696 companion circuitry.  
optional digital isolation). The following sections provide  
recommendations and suggestions for selecting and connecting  
the AD4695/AD4696 companion circuitry based on common  
application requirements.  
The AD4695/AD4696 companion circuitry includes power  
supplies, voltage reference circuitry, analog front-end signal  
conditioning, and an SPI-compatible digital controller (plus  
+VS  
ADR4550,  
ADR435  
REFERENCE  
CIRCUITRY  
LDO  
LDO  
LDO  
1
1µF  
100nF  
100nF  
VLOGIC  
AVDD LDO_IN VDD  
VIO  
C
REF  
REF  
IN0  
CNV  
CLOCK  
+VS  
R
ADA4807-x,  
ADA4805-x  
EXT,0  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
CS  
C
EXT,0  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISO0  
VIN  
–VS  
+VS  
0
DIGITAL  
HOST  
AD4695/AD4696  
SDO  
R
EXT,15  
ADA4807-x,  
ADA4805-x  
IN15  
C
EXT,15  
BSY_ALT_GP0  
RESET  
MISO1, GPIOx, IRQ  
2
VIN  
–VS  
+VS  
15  
GPIO  
R
EXT,COM  
ADA4807-x,  
ADA4805-x  
GND  
COM  
C
REFGND  
AGND  
IOGND  
EXT,COM  
REFGND  
OR  
–VS  
V
/2  
REF  
3
1. DEDICATED +1.8V SUPPLY FOR VDD NOT REQUIRED WHEN USING INTERNAL LDO  
2. R AND C REPRESENT EXTERNAL INPUT RC FILTERS FOR ANALOG INPUT INx OR COM  
EXT,X  
EXT,X  
3. DEDICATED ADC DRIVER FOR COM INPUT NOT REQUIRED IF CONNECTING COM TO REFGND  
Figure 107. Typical Connection Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 60 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
At the start of the conversion phase, the multiplexer switches  
are disconnected and the voltage on the currently selected  
analog input channel is sampled on the capacitive DAC. During  
the acquisition phase, the multiplexer switches (SWMUX+ and  
SWMUX−) close to connect the next selected analog input  
channel to the capacitive DAC. A voltage glitch (commonly  
referred to as kickback) occurs when these switches close due to  
the difference between the voltage on the capacitive DAC and  
the voltage on the selected analog input pins.  
ANALOG FRONT-END DESIGN  
The analog front-end companion circuitry for the  
AD4695/AD4696 normally includes an external RC filter and  
an ADC driver or precision operational amplifier between the  
signal being measured and the AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs.  
The component selection and design of the analog front-end  
circuitry driving the AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs have a  
direct impact on overall system performance. The analog front-  
end must be designed with the system target noise, accuracy,  
distortion and settling requirements of the end application. The  
following sections provide recommendations for designing  
analog front-end and signal conditioning circuits based on  
these requirements.  
To achieve specified performance of the AD4695/AD4696, this  
kickback must be settled to within half an LSB of the ADC core  
before the start of the next conversion phase (that is, the next  
CNV rising edge). The rate at which the kickback voltage is  
settled depends on the transient characteristics and bandwidth  
of the analog front-end circuitry. Signal settling requirements  
therefore dictate the minimum allowable analog front-end  
bandwidth and constrain the driver amplifier and external RC  
filter selection.  
External RC Filter  
The external RC low-pass filter consists of an external resistor  
and capacitor (represented by REXT and CEXT in Figure 64 and  
Figure 107). These components act to reduce the wideband  
noise from the analog front-end circuitry, reduce the nonlinear  
voltage kickback that occur at the analog inputs, and protect  
the analog inputs from overvoltage events. Selecting the  
appropriate values of REXT and CEXT for these functions is  
described in the Analog Front-End Noise Considerations section,  
the Signal Settling section, and the Analog Input Overvoltage  
Protection section.  
Table 23 provides a list of recommended amplifiers and  
external RC filter components for various sample rates and  
signal bandwidths. Figure 69 and Figure 70 in the Analog Input  
High-Z Mode section show SNR and THD performance with  
various amplifiers and external RC component values.  
Analog input high-Z mode significantly reduces the bandwidth  
requirements of the analog front end by minimizing the size of  
the voltage kickback. Figure 20 shows the difference in  
magnitude of the kickback when analog input high-Z mode is  
disabled and enabled.  
Ensure that the CEXT capacitor is an NP0 ceramic capacitor to  
limit distortion artifacts, and that the PCB layout minimizes the  
parasitic impedance between CEXT and the analog input pin. See  
the Layout Guidelines section for more information.  
Analog Front-End Noise Considerations  
Signal Settling Requirements  
The magnitude of the analog front-end noise directly impacts  
the dynamic range and SNR performance of the overall AD4695/  
AD4696 signal chain. Select the analog front-end components  
and configuration to achieve the target noise specification for  
the overall system.  
As described in the Converter Operation and Analog Inputs  
sections, the AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs (IN0 to IN15 and  
COM) are routed to the ADC core inputs via the internal  
analog multiplexer.  
As shown in Figure 64, the ADC core capacitive DAC can be  
represented by a switched capacitive load.  
Figure 108 illustrates the primary noise sources in a typical  
analog front-end driver circuit.  
R
F
V
=
4kTR  
n_RF  
F
V
n
R
R
V
=
=
G
4kTR  
4kTR  
V
n_RG  
G
n_ADC  
R
EXT  
V
i
+
n_total  
n–  
+
n_AFE  
C
V
EXT  
S
V
n_RS  
S
i
n+  
Figure 108. Noise Sources in Typical ADC Analog Front-End Circuit  
Rev. 0 | Page 61 of 96  
 
 
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
2
2
Assuming all noise sources are Gaussian and uncorrelated, the  
total system rms noise (vn_total) is calculated as follows:  
2
2
RF  
RF  
2
4kTRF 1   
4kTRs i Rs n  
4kTRG i RF  
n  
n  
RG   
RG   
2
2
where:  
νn_total  
where:  
n_AFE is the referred to output (RTO) rms noise of the analog  
front end.  
n_ADC is the AD4695/AD4696 input referred rms noise.  
=
n _ AFE n _ ADC  
k is the Boltzmann constant.  
T is the absolute temperature in Kelvin.  
RF and RG are the feedback network resistors, as shown in  
Figure 108.  
v
v
RS is the source resistance, as shown in Figure 108.  
i
n+ and in− represent the amplifier input current noise spectral  
The estimated system dynamic range (DRtotal) is a measure of  
the system rms noise and the full-scale input range.  
density in pA/√Hz.  
vn represents the amplifier input voltage noise spectral density  
in nV/√Hz.  
VREF / 2 2  
DRtotal = 20log  
n _total  
See MT-049 and MT-050 for detailed derivations of vn_AFE vs.  
analog front-end components and configurations.  
The AD4695/AD4696 input referred rms noise specification  
(vn_ADC) is typically 37.8 μV rms (see Table 1). Figure 109 shows  
Analog Front-End Noise in Pseudo Bipolar Mode  
When configuring a channel in pseudo bipolar mode, typically  
a second analog front-end circuit is required to drive the  
negative-side input to VREF/2 V (as described in the Channel  
Configuration Options section). In this case, the RTO rms  
noise of the additional analog front end (vn_AFE2) is added to the  
rss equation to calculate the total system rms noise:  
the typical system dynamic range vs. vn_AFE with vn_ADC  
=
37.8 μV rms and VREF = 5 V. For vn_AFE less than 13 μV rms, the  
overall system dynamic range remains within 0.5 dB of the  
AD4695/AD4696 dynamic range specification (see Table 1).  
95  
2
2
2
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
νn_total  
=
n _ AFE n _ AFE2 n _ ADC  
Note that the bandwidth of the RC filter and values of REXT and  
CEXT cannot be set arbitrarily low due to the settling requirements  
of the AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs. Refer to the Signal  
Settling Requirements section for guidelines on selecting the  
optimal RC filter components for the target sample rate.  
Guidelines for Driver Amplifier Selection  
The following is a list of guidelines for selecting the amplifier(s)  
used in the AD4695/AD4696 analog front-end based on the  
end system requirements.  
1
10  
V
100  
500  
(µV rms)  
n_AFE  
The amplifier voltage and current noise specifications must be  
sufficiently low to achieve the desired rms noise and dynamic  
range performance, as described in the Analog Front-End  
Noise Considerations section.  
Figure 109. AD4695/AD4696 Typical Dynamic Range vs. vn_AFE, VREF = 5 V  
The analog front-end RTO noise (vn_AFE) is equal to the rms  
noise of each of the constituent components in the analog  
front-end, referred to the output of the external RC filter (REXT and  
CEXT in Figure 107 and in the External RC Filter section).  
Assuming the RC filter bandwidth is much lower than the  
bandwidth of the amplifier circuit, vn_AFE is equal to the noise  
spectral density of each of these components (referred to the  
amplifier output) multiplied by the effective noise bandwidth of  
the RC filter (ENBWRC), where:  
The distortion performance of the amplifier must be sufficient  
to achieve desired THD performance. To meet the  
AD4695/AD4696 THD data sheet specification, the amplifier  
circuit must have lower or comparable distortion specifications.  
The small signal bandwidth of the amplifier must be sufficiently  
higher than the minimum bandwidth required to adequately  
settle the voltage steps that occur when switching between two  
analog input channels, as described in the Signal Settling  
section.  
2
1
ENBWRC  
=
2REXTCEXT  
and  
The amplifier should also have sufficient supply headroom to  
adequately output a full-scale signal to the AD4695/AD4696  
analog inputs (see the input voltage range specification in Table 1).  
Refer to the input and output headroom requirements in the  
amplifier data sheet to determine the supply voltages required  
to support the desired full-scale range for the given channel.  
νn_AFE = ENBWRC  
×
Rev. 0 | Page 62 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
The ADA4805-1 and ADA4807-1 and their dual- and quad-  
amplifier models are suitable amplifiers for channels acquiring  
ac waveforms, due to their exceptionally low noise and  
distortion and high bandwidth.  
precision. It is recommended to enable analog input high-Z  
mode on AD4695/AD4696 analog input channels when being  
driven directly by the ADA4610-1, ADA4077-1, or amplifiers  
with similar bandwidth specifications to ensure adequate  
settling performance (see the Signal Settling Requirements  
section and Analog Input High-Z Mode section).  
The ADA4610-1 and ADA4077-1 and their dual- and quad-  
amplifier models are suitable amplifiers for channels  
monitoring dc or low frequency signals that require high  
Table 23. Recommended Amplifier and External RC Filter Component Selection Recommendations  
Input Signal Bandwidth (kHz)  
Sample Rate  
Amplifier  
REXT (Ω)  
390  
390  
680  
680  
680  
680  
680  
680  
200  
200  
200  
390  
390  
390  
CEXT (pF)  
180  
180  
180  
180  
180  
180  
470  
470  
180  
180  
180  
180  
180  
180  
≤10  
≤1 MSPS  
ADA4805-1/ADA4805-2  
ADA4807-1/ADA4807-2/ADA4807-4  
ADA4610-1/ADA4610-2/ADA4610-4  
ADA4077-1/ADA4077-2/ADA4077-4  
ADA4805-1/ADA4805-2  
ADA4807-1/ADA4807-2/ADA4807-4  
ADA4610-1/ADA4610-2/ADA4610-4  
ADA4077-1/ADA4077-2/ADA4077-4  
ADA4805-1/ADA4805-2  
ADA4807-1/ADA4807-2/ADA4807-4  
ADA4896-2  
ADA4805-1/ADA4805-2  
ADA4807-1/ADA4807-2/ADA4807-4  
ADA4896-2  
≤500 kSPS  
>10  
≤1 MSPS  
≤500 kSPS  
Rev. 0 | Page 63 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
voltage that can be supported for a given analog input is a  
ANALOG INPUT OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION  
function of VREF and REXT. The following relation can be used to  
determine the required value of REXT to limit the clamp current  
to the maximum supported current (5 mA) given the VREF and  
maximum expected vIN voltage:  
The external resistor in the external RC filter (represented by  
REXT in Figure 64, Figure 107, and Figure 110) works with the  
input overvoltage protection clamps to provide overvoltage  
protection to the analog inputs (see the Input Overvoltage  
Protection Clamps section).  
R
EXT + νIN,max VREF/5 mA (ꢀ)  
For example, if the analog input source can swing to 7.5 V and  
VREF = 5 V, REXT must be approximately 500 Ω to limit the  
clamp current to 5 mA. If this resistor is being sized based upon  
the clamping current limits, CEXT must be carefully chosen to  
ensure adequate input bandwidth is achieved (see the Analog  
Front-End Noise Considerations and Signal Settling sections  
for more information).  
An overvoltage event is defined as an event where the overvoltage  
protection clamps are activated as a result of the input voltage  
on IN0 to IN15 or COM exceeding the clamp activation voltage  
specification (VACT in Figure 110). The maximum VACT voltage  
specification is VREF + 0.55 V (see Table 1).  
When activated, the clamp on the given channel sinks current  
from the source to ground (see ICLAMP in Figure 110), resulting  
in a voltage drop across REXT. The AD4695/AD4696 overvoltage  
protection clamps support a maximum sustained ICLAMP current  
of 5 mA (see Table 1). REXT therefore isolates the analog input  
pin voltage from the applied voltage (vIN). The maximum vIN  
The value of REXT also must be selected to ensure stability of the  
overvoltage protection clamp circuit, if desired. See the  
Overvoltage Protection Clamp Stability section for more  
information.  
I
CLAMP  
R
EXT  
INx, COM  
+
+
V  
C
ACT  
EXT  
I
V
CLAMP  
CLAMP  
AD4695/AD4696  
Figure 110. Analog Input Overvoltage Event  
Rev. 0 | Page 64 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
is required if the selected voltage reference does not have an  
adequate load regulation to drive the REF input at the desired  
ADC sample rate (see the Reference Circuit Design for Driving  
REF Input section).  
REFERENCE CIRCUITRY DESIGN  
The AD4695/AD4696 VREF sets the full-scale range of the ADC  
core and determines the resulting output code for a given  
analog input voltage (see the Transfer Function section). The  
VREF voltage therefore has a direct impact on the overall system  
accuracy and ac performance. The reference companion circuitry  
for the AD4695/AD4696 must have adequate noise  
performance, accuracy, drift and signal settling characteristics  
for the end application.  
CREF supplies the charge necessary for the ADC core to perform  
the bit trials as part of the conversion phase and filters noise  
from the other reference circuitry. CREF must be sufficiently  
large to prevent deviations in VREF during the ADC bit trials.  
When reference input high-Z mode is enabled, the amount of  
charge pulled by the REF input is significantly reduced, thereby  
reducing the minimum CREF capacitance. When reference input  
high-Z mode is disabled, a 10 μF CREF is recommended. When  
reference input high-Z mode is enabled, a 1 μF CREF is  
recommended.  
The REF input is a dynamic current load that pulls charge from  
the reference circuitry during the conversion phase of the ADC  
core, and the reference circuit must be able to maintain a stable  
VREF while the ADC is performing conversions to maintain  
performance (that is, gain error).  
The PCB layout of the reference circuitry relative to the AD4695/  
AD4696 REF input is critical to ensuring optimal performance.  
The Layout Guidelines section provides recommendations and  
guidelines for the layout of the reference circuit components.  
The AD4695/AD4696 reference input high-Z mode significantly  
reduces the magnitude of the average current of the REF input  
when enabled. The reference input high-Z mode significantly  
reduces the drive requirements of the reference circuitry,  
allowing system designers to prioritize dc accuracy, power, and  
system footprint targets.  
REFERENCE CIRCUIT DESIGN FOR DRIVING REF  
INPUT  
Figure 111 shoes the typical connection diagram for the AD4695/  
AD4696 companion reference circuit. The reference circuitry  
consists of a voltage reference, CREF, and any accompanying  
reference buffer or analog low-pass filtering. A reference buffer  
Figure 111 shows a typical connection diagram for the  
reference circuitry driving the REF input of the  
AD4695/AD4696.  
OPTIONAL EXTERNAL  
REFERENCE BUFFER  
+V  
ADR4550,  
ADR435  
VOLTAGE  
+V  
ADA4807  
REFERENCE  
OPTIONAL LOW-PASS  
2
FILTER  
C
REF  
V
REF  
1
REFIN  
REF  
AD4695/AD4696  
1
WHEN DRIVING REF DIRECTLY ON WLCSP OPTION, SHORT REFIN TO REF AND ENSURE THE  
INTERNAL REFERENCE BUFFER AND REFERENCE BUFFER BYPASS OPTION ARE DISABLED.  
(REFBUF_EN = REFBUF_BP = 0)  
2
ADDITIONAL LOW-PASS FILTERING MUST NOT BE IMPLEMENTED WITHOUT A REFERENCE BUFFER.  
Figure 111. Typical Connection Diagram for Driving REF Input  
Rev. 0 | Page 65 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
The device driving the REF input must have sufficiently low  
output impedance so that the reference input current does not  
cause VREF to deviate enough to violate the system performance  
targets. To achieve data sheet performance, VREF must remain  
within half an LSB. The maximum output impedance of the  
device driving the REF input (Ro_max) is therefore:  
where Lmax is the load regulation specification for the voltage  
reference in ppm/mA that corresponds to the calculated Ro_max  
.
IREF is typically 11 μA at 1 MSPS with reference input high-Z mode  
enabled and 320 μA at 1 MSPS with reference input high-Z mode  
disabled (in unipolar mode). IREF scales linearly with the ADC  
sample rate (see Table 1 and Figure 39). The output impedance  
and load regulation requirements of the reference circuitry are  
therefore less strict at lower sample rates. Table 24 shows  
calculated Ro_max and Lmax for VREF = 5 V and for different  
sample rates and with reference input high-Z mode disabled  
and enabled. Table 24 also provides recommendations for  
voltage references and discrete reference buffers for each of  
these conditions.  
16 1  
VREF / 2  
Ro_max  
=
IREF  
where IREF is the average REF input current.  
Most voltage references specify load regulation in ppm/mA,  
which can be converted to effective output impedance with the  
following:  
Ro _ max  
Lmax = 1000 ×  
VREF  
Table 24. Reference Circuitry Recommendations, REF Input  
Reference Input  
Sample Rate High-Z Mode  
IREF (ꢀA) Ro_max (Ω) Lmax (ppm/mA) Recommended Voltage References and Reference Buffers  
1 MSPS  
1 MSPS  
500 kSPS  
500 kSPS  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Disabled  
Enabled  
320  
12  
160  
6
0.12  
3.2  
0.24  
6.4  
24  
640  
48  
ADR4550 with ADA4807-1, ADR445 with ADA4807-1, ADR435  
ADR4550, ADR445, ADR435  
ADR445 with ADA4807-1, ADR4550, ADR435  
ADR4550, ADR445, ADR435  
320  
Rev. 0 | Page 66 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
and the effective noise remains vn_total. When OSR settings of 4,  
16, and 64 are used, the noise is attenuated by a factor of 2, 4,  
and 8, respectively.  
CONVERTING BETWEEN CODES AND VOLTS  
The Transfer Function section describes the ideal transfer  
function between the analog input voltage sampled by the  
AD4695/AD4696 ADC core and the resulting output code. The  
analog input voltage (VINx) corresponding to each possible  
output code value (CODEOUT) is a function of the VREF voltage  
and the OSR setting and polarity mode for the selected channel:  
The resulting dynamic range when utilizing oversampling  
(DROSR) is as follows:  
DROSR = DRtotal + 10 log(OSR)  
where DRtotal is the system dynamic range for an OSR of 1  
(defined in the Analog Front-End Noise Considerations  
section).  
VREF  
V
INx = LSB × CODEOUT  
=
× CODEOUT  
2N  
where:  
LSB is the LSB size.  
N is the resolution of the output code. The AD4695/AD4696  
ADC core outputs 16-bit results (N = 16), but the output code  
resolution is a function of the OSR selected for the given  
channel (DR):  
The effective number of bits (ENOB) of the system increases by  
1 every time the noise is halved. As a result, ENOB increases by  
1 bit every time the OSR is increased by a factor of 4. To reflect  
this, when an AD4695/AD4696 channel is configured with OSR  
settings of 4, 16, or 64, the resolution of the conversion results  
for that channel is extended to 17 bits, 18 bits, and 19 bits,  
respectively (see the Transfer Function section and Serial Data  
Output Modes section).  
N = 16 log4(OSR)  
OSR can be set to 1, 4, 16, or 64, which correspond to an output  
code resolution of 16, 17, 18, and 19, respectively. Table 7  
through Table 10 show the negative and positive full-scale  
output code values for each OSR. See the Oversampling and  
Decimation section for details on configuring the OSR for each  
channel.  
Note that oversampling and decimation only reduce voltage  
noise for uniformly distributed Gaussian noise sources and  
have no effect on other types of noise sources (such as 1/f  
noise).  
DIGITAL INTERFACE OPERATION  
The polarity mode for the selected channel determines whether  
CODEOUT uses straight binary or twos complement format.  
When unipolar mode is selected, CODEOUT is in straight binary,  
and is therefore an unsigned integer value. When pseudo  
bipolar mode is selected, CODEOUT uses twos complement  
encoding, and is therefore a signed integer value. See the  
Channel Configuration Options for details on configuring the  
polarity mode for each channel.  
Figure 107 shows a typical connection diagram of the  
AD4695/AD4696 digital interface connected to a digital host.  
The AD4695/AD4696 can be operated by a single 4-wire SPI-  
compatible host, but some features require additional digital  
resources, such as GPIOs and timers.  
The following sections provide recommendations for digital  
interface connections and operation to interact with the  
AD4695/AD4696 interface and feature set.  
The offset and gain correction settings for each channel modify  
the transfer function of the AD4695/AD4696 to correct for  
first-order inaccuracies in the system that cause the observed  
transfer function to deviate from the ideal. Update the offset  
and gain fields for each channel during system calibration. The  
Offset and Gain Correction section describes how the offset  
and gain fields modify the AD4695/AD4696 transfer function.  
ADC Convert Start Signal Options  
The CNV input is analogous to an edge triggered interrupt pin,  
which instructs the AD4695/AD4696 ADC core to perform a  
conversion (see the Converter Operation section). The CNV  
input is active only when the AD4695/AD4696 are in  
conversion mode and is ignored when in register configuration  
mode. The period of the signal driving the CNV input sets the  
sample rate of the AD4695/AD4696, and must conform to the  
tCYC specification in Table 2 and in Figure 91 through Figure 95.  
OVERSAMPLING FOR NOISE REDUCTION  
The AD4695/AD4696 include on-chip oversampling and  
decimation as a means to reduce the total effective Gaussian  
noise of the system in the digital domain (see the Oversampling  
and Decimation section). Assuming the analog front-end noise  
is Gaussian, the effective system noise after oversampling  
(vn_OSR) is:  
The ADC core samples the analog input voltage on the selected  
channel on the rising edge of CNV. The signal driving the CNV  
input therefore must have sufficiently low jitter and fast edge  
rates to achieve the desired noise performance at the target input  
frequencies. The layout of the trace connecting the AD4695/  
AD4696 CNV input to the digital host must be as short as  
possible with minimal vias to minimize trace impedance (see  
the Layout Guidelines section).  
vn _ total  
vn _OSR  
OSR  
where OSR is the oversampling ratio setting for the given  
analog input channel and vn_total is the RTO system noise  
(defined in the Analog Front-End Noise Considerations  
section). When the OSR is set to 1, no oversampling occurs,  
In conversion mode, the digital host SPI master peripheral  
must be synchronous to the CNV signal and follow the timing  
requirements specified in the Conversion Mode Timing  
Diagrams section. See the SPI Peripheral Synchronization in  
Rev. 0 | Page 67 of 96  
 
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Conversion Mode section for recommendations for  
maintaining proper SPI timing.  
line, especially when the busy indicator is enabled on SDO (see  
the Busy Indicator on Serial Data Outputs section).  
Embedded clock divider or timer peripherals can typically  
output an integer division of the system clock. When utilizing  
embedded clock divider peripherals, connect the digital host  
clock output to CNV and set the clock output frequency to the  
desired sample rate. The clock output must be enabled while  
the AD4695/AD4696 are in conversion mode, but it can be  
either enabled or disabled while in register configuration mode.  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
CS  
SCLK  
MOSI  
VIO  
AD4695/AD4696  
SPI MASTER  
≥ 2 kΩ  
(SDO0)  
SDO  
MISO0  
MISO1  
(SDO1)  
1
BSY_ALT_GP0  
CS  
The CNV input can be connected to the  
output of the SPI  
CS  
master peripheral, provided the  
rising edge timing is  
1
BSY_ALT_GP0 FUNCTIONS AS SDO1 WHEN DUAL-SDO MODE IS ENABLED.  
GP1 FUNCTIONS AS SDO1.  
deterministic and periodic (see Figure 114). Note that for OSR  
settings greater than 1, multiple CNV rising edges are required  
before the result is available to be read out on the SPI (see the  
Oversampling and Decimation section). The SPI outputs all 0s  
Figure 113. AD4695/AD4696 SPI Connection Diagram (Dual-SDO Mode)  
Figure 113 shows a connection diagram for interfacing the  
AD4695/AD4696 SPI to a digital host SPI master peripheral  
when configured in dual-SDO mode. Route BSY_ALT_GP0 to  
the second MISO input on the digital host (MISO1). It is  
recommended to include pull-up resistors on both SDO0 and  
SDO1 lines, especially when the busy indicator is enabled on  
the serial data outputs (see the Busy Indicator on Serial Data  
Outputs section).  
CS  
during the CNV/ frames prior to the data being ready.  
An external crystal oscillator with a CMOS clock driver can also  
drive the CNV input. With this option, either the oscillator  
output or the busy indicator from the AD4695/AD4696 must  
be routed to the digital host and used as a timer or interrupt trigger  
to achieve synchronization between the CNV signal and the SPI  
master peripheral (see the SPI Peripheral Synchronization in  
Conversion Mode section).  
SPI Peripheral Synchronization in Conversion Mode  
The AD4695/AD4696 have a 4-wire SPI in SPI Mode 3 for  
accessing register contents and ADC results. The digital host  
must at minimum include a 4-wire SPI-compatible peripheral  
to operate the AD4695/AD4696 (see the SPI Peripheral  
Connections section).  
Note that when autocycle mode is enabled, the CNV input is  
ignored, and conversions are instead triggered by an internal  
timer in the AD4695/AD4696, as described in the Autocycle  
Mode section. When exclusively using autocycle mode, the  
CNV input must be tied to IOGND. The busy indicator is  
required to synchronize the AD4695/AD4696 to the SPI master  
peripheral when using autocycle mode (see the SPI Peripheral  
Synchronization in Autocycle Mode section).  
In conversion mode, the SPI transfers must begin after tCONVERT  
has elapsed and must complete within tSCKCNV before the next  
CNV rising edge (see Table 2 and in the timing diagrams in the  
Conversion Mode Timing Diagrams section). To ensure the  
conversion mode timing requirements are met, the digital host  
SPI master peripheral must either be synchronized to the clock  
source generating the CNV signal or to the busy indicator  
output from the AD4695/AD4696. The SCK frequency must  
also be sufficiently high to ensure all conversion mode results  
are clocked out before the start of the next conversion frame  
(see the Conversion Mode SPI Clock Frequency Requirements  
section).  
SPI Peripheral Connections  
The AD4695/AD4696 offer multiple serial data output modes  
that allow for one or two MISO lines to output conversion  
results (see the Serial Data Output Modes section). When  
single-SDO mode is selected, only the SDO pin functions as a  
serial data output. When dual-SDO mode is selected, both SDO  
and BSY_ALT_GP0 function as serial data outputs.  
CS  
SCK  
SDI  
CS  
Figure 114 shows a simplified connection diagram and software  
architecture for operating the AD4695/AD4696 with only a 4-wire  
SCLK  
MOSI  
CS  
SPI. The CNV input is driven by the  
host SPI master peripheral. The configuration in Figure 114  
CS  
output from the digital  
VIO  
≥2kΩ  
AD4695/AD4696  
SPI MASTER  
requires the  
signal to be periodic with deterministic rising  
SDO  
MISO  
edge timing to achieve the necessary jitter for the application.  
The SPI frames should be synchronized to a timer peripheral,  
CS  
Figure 112. AD4695/AD4696 SPI Connection Diagram (Single-SDO Mode)  
and the output must have a well defined duty cycle. Figure 96  
shows a SPI timing diagram using the configuration in Figure 114.  
Figure 112 shows a connection diagram for interfacing the  
AD4695/AD4696 SPI to the digital host SPI master peripheral  
when configured in single-SDO mode. It is recommended to  
include a pull-up resistor (2 kꢀ minimum) to VIO on the SDO  
Figure 115 shows a simplified connection diagram and software  
architecture for using the digital host countdown timer peripheral  
to synchronize the SPI master peripheral to the CNV signal  
source. The countdown timer is configured to trigger on a CNV  
Rev. 0 | Page 68 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
rising edge, wait for tCONVERT to elapse, and then trigger an  
interrupt service routine which calls the SPI master to perform  
a transfer. The countdown timer is programmed with an  
integer value (count), which specifies the number of system  
clock (SYS_CLK) periods to wait before calling the SPI transfer  
interrupt routine. It is recommended to implement a delay  
corresponding to the maximum tCONVERT specification given in  
Table 2. In practice, most digital hosts exhibit some latency  
between the interrupt service routine triggers and execution,  
which increases the delay between the CNV rising edge and the  
start of the SPI transfer. Refer to the digital host specifications  
to determine the optimal count value for the given application.  
the oversampled result is ready, reducing the number of  
redundant SPI transfers that would otherwise occur without  
additional logic (see Figure 75).  
Figure 117 shows a simplified connection diagram and software  
architecture for utilizing the AD4695/AD4696 threshold detection  
alert indicator to synchronize the SPI master peripheral to the  
ADC conversion timing. The alert indicator must be enabled  
on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin as described in the Alert Indicator  
on BSY_ALT_GP0 section. The configuration in Figure 117 is  
ideal in autonomous conversion applications, where the SPI is  
idle while the ADC continuously converts until a user defined  
out of bounds condition occurs. The alert indicator is updated  
at the end of the conversion phase of the ADC and can  
therefore be used as the trigger to start the SPI frame, if the SPI  
frame can be completed before the start of the next conversion.  
Typically, the interrupt service routine called by the alert  
indicator rising edge calls the SPI to read back the conversion  
result and sends the register configuration mode command  
over SDI to put the AD4695/AD4696 into register  
Figure 116 shows a simplified connection diagram and software  
architecture for utilizing the AD4695/AD4696 busy indicator to  
synchronize the SPI master peripheral to the ADC conversion  
timing. The busy indicator must be enabled on the BSY_ALT_GP0  
pin as described in the Busy Indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0 section,  
and the digital host must have a digital input that can be  
configured as a trigger for interrupt service routines. Route the  
busy indicator to the interrupt input on the digital host and  
configure the interrupts to trigger on the busy indicator falling  
edge. Because the busy indicator falling edge is interpreted as  
the data ready signal, the digital host is not required to  
implement any further delays between the busy indicator  
falling edge and the start of the SPI frame.  
configuration mode.  
The configuration in Figure 117 is ideal when operating the  
AD4695/AD4696 in autocycle mode because it allows the  
digital host to be completely idle until an out of bounds  
condition occurs, and guarantees the digital host can remain  
synchronized to the internal conversion timing (see the SPI  
Peripheral Synchronization in Autocycle Mode section).  
The configuration in Figure 116 is optimal when utilizing  
oversampling, because the busy indicator does not go low until  
tSYS_CLK  
SYS_CLK  
tCYC  
TIMER  
PERIPHERAL  
PERIOD =  
tSYS_CLK  
CNV  
CS  
CS  
SCK  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISO  
AD4695/AD4696  
SPI MASTER  
SDI  
SDO  
Figure 114. 4-Wire SPI Operation Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 69 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
tSYS_CLK  
SYS_CLK  
CNV SOURCE  
COUNTDOWN  
TIMER  
PERIPHERAL  
tCONVERT_max  
CNV  
CS  
COUNT =  
tSYS_CLK  
AD4695/AD4696 SCK  
SDI  
IRQ  
SDOx  
CS  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISOx  
SPI MASTER  
tCYC  
CNV  
tCONVERT  
tSYS_CLK × COUNT  
CS  
SCK  
Figure 115. SPI Synchronization with Countdown Timer Peripheral  
Rev. 0 | Page 70 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
CNV  
BSY_ALT_GP0  
CS  
CNV SOURCE  
AD4695/AD4696  
SCK  
SDI  
IRQ  
SDO  
CS  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISO  
SPI MASTER  
tCYC  
CNV  
tCONVERT  
BUSY  
IRQ  
CS  
SCK  
Figure 116. SPI Synchronization with Busy Indicator  
CNV  
CNV SOURCE  
ALERT  
BSY_ALT_GP0  
CS  
AD4695/AD4696  
SCK  
SDI  
IRQ  
SDO  
CS  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISO  
SPI MASTER  
tCYC  
CNV  
tCNVALT  
ALERT  
IRQ  
CS  
SCK  
Figure 117. SPI Synchronization with Alert Indicator  
Rev. 0 | Page 71 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
SPI Peripheral Synchronization in Autocycle Mode  
Conversion Mode SPI Clock Frequency Requirements  
If autocycle mode is enabled when the AD4695/AD4696 enter  
conversion mode, the convert start instructions for the ADC  
core are generated by an internal oscillator (see the Autocycle  
Mode section). Autocycle mode is therefore ideal for  
autonomous conversion applications, where the digital host is  
idle or in a sleep state until a user programmed threshold  
detection event occurs as described in the Threshold Detection  
and Alert Indicators section.  
Conversion results for a given sample are available until the  
start of the next conversion phase. The SCK frequency must  
therefore be fast enough to read the data from the AD4695/  
AD4696 SPI before the following CNV rising edge (or internal  
convert start signal when autocycle mode is enabled).  
The minimum required SCK frequency is a function of the  
sample rate in use, the length of the SPI frame (in bits), and the  
serial data output mode in use. Faster sample rates require  
faster SCK frequencies because the time between conversions is  
shorter. Dual-SDO mode significantly reduces the required  
SCK frequency for a given sample rate by doubling the number  
of bits output on the SPI per SCK period (see the Serial Data  
Output Modes section).  
The digital host SPI must not attempt to read/write data while  
the AD4695/AD4696 are still in the conversion phase. In  
autocycle mode, the convert start signal is generated internally,  
and the digital host must therefore reference either the busy  
indicator or the alert indicator via the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin to  
synchronize the AD4695/AD4696 and digital host SPIs and  
ensure SPI frames occur between ADC conversion phases.  
Figure 98 shows the required SPI frame timing relative to the  
busy indicator and alert indicator when autocycle mode is enabled.  
The number of SCK periods required per conversion mode  
frame (NSCK) is a function of the number of bits per frame  
(NBITS) and the number of serial data outputs (NSDO):  
NSCK = NBITS/NSDO  
The busy indicator can be used to trigger an interrupt service  
routine to read the most recent conversion result and send the  
5-bit SDI commands (see Figure 116). The busy indicator  
transitions low at the end of each conversion phase and transitions  
high at the start of each next conversion phase. The digital host  
must begin the SPI frame following the busy indicator falling  
edge, and the SCK rate must be sufficiently fast to complete the  
SPI frame at least 80 ns prior to the next busy indicator rising  
edge to conform to the tSCKCNV specification in Figure 98 and  
Table 2 (see the Conversion Mode SPI Clock Frequency  
Requirements section). The time duration between busy  
indicator falling edge and rising edge is given by the tACBSY  
specification in Table 2.  
NBITS depends on the maximum OSR in use and whether the  
status bits are enabled (see Table 19 and Table 20). NSDO is 1 for  
single-SDO mode and 2 for dual-SDO mode.  
The Conversion Mode Timing Diagrams section shows timing  
diagrams for the SPI frames in conversion mode. The start of  
the conversion mode SPI frame must not occur before the  
tCONVERT  
time has elapsed and must complete early enough to  
adhere to the minimum tSCKCNV specification (see Table 2). The  
amount of time given to complete an SPI frame in conversion  
mode (tFRAME) is calculated as follows:  
t
FRAME = tCYC tCONVERT_max tSCKCNV  
1/fCNV tCONVERT_max tSCKCNV  
where  
=
The alert indicator can be used as a one-shot trigger for an  
interrupt service routine on the digital host to instruct the SPI  
master peripheral to send the register configuration mode  
command and poll the alert registers (see Figure 117). The alert  
indicator state is updated following the completion of the  
conversion phase. Therefore, an alert indicator rising edge can  
signify to the digital host that the AD4695/AD4696 SPI is ready  
for an SPI frame. The alert indicator only transitions when a  
threshold violation is detected on a given channel, however,  
and therefore the digital host is not able to read conversion  
results except for those that cause the alert indicator to go high  
(see the Alert Indicator on BSY_ALT_GP0 section).  
t
t
t
CYC is the sample period.  
CONVERT_max is the maximum tCONVERT specification.  
SCKCNV is the SCK to CNV rising edge delay specification (see  
Table 2).  
The fSCK is a function of tFRAME and NSCK  
.
NBITS  
f
SCK > NSCK/tFRAME =  
NSDO tCYC tCONVERT tSCKCNV  
Table 25 shows examples of the minimum SCK frequency  
required for several sample rates for each serial data output mode  
with status bits disabled and enabled and the OSR set to 1.  
As described in the SPI Peripheral Synchronization in  
Conversion Mode section, the digital host must complete the  
SPI frame before the start of the next conversion. Refer to  
Figure 98 and the Conversion Mode SPI Clock Frequency  
Requirements section for guidelines on minimum SCK  
frequency and overall system latency to achieve appropriate SPI  
transfer rates for the selected sample rate.  
When single-cycle command mode is enabled, the multiplexer  
does not update channels until the 5-bit channel command is  
clocked in on SDI. The SCK frequency therefore impacts tACQ  
when single-cycle command mode is enabled (see the Single-  
Cycle Command Mode section).  
When autocycle mode is enabled, tCYC is determined by the  
internal convert-start signal, the period of which is set by the  
AC_CYC field, and the digital host must use either the busy  
indicator or the alert indicator to synchronize the SPI frames  
Rev. 0 | Page 72 of 96  
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
with the internal conversion timing (see the SPI Peripheral  
Synchronization in Autocycle Mode section).  
Note that the minimum SCK period is longer for register  
configuration mode than for conversion mode (see tSCK in Table 2).  
In conversion mode, the minimum tSCK is 12.5 ns, corresponding  
to a maximum fSCK of 80 MHz. In register configuration mode,  
the minimum tSCK is 40 ns, corresponding to a maximum fSCK of  
25 MHz. Therefore, for applications requiring conversion mode  
SCK frequencies of greater than 25 MHz, ensure the SPI master  
peripheral serial clock rate is programmed accordingly while  
the AD4695/AD4696 are in register configuration mode.  
The digital host SPI master peripheral may provide more SCK  
periods than required per conversion mode SPI frame. The  
behavior of SDO when additional SCK falling edges occur after  
the LSB is clocked out depends on the SDO_STATE bit setting.  
When SDO_STATE = 0, SDO maintains its state when extra SCK  
falling edges occur. When SDO_STATE = 1, SDO transitions to  
high impedance when extra SCK falling edges occur.  
Table 25. Minimum fSCK Requirements vs. Sample Rate and Serial Data Output Modes (OSR = 1)  
Sample Rate (kSPS)  
Status Bits1  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Single-SDO Mode  
Dual-SDO Mode  
16 MHz  
24 MHz  
1000 (AD4696 Only)  
1000 (AD4696 Only)  
32 MHz  
48 MHz  
500  
500  
100  
100  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Disabled  
Enabled  
11 MHz  
16 MHz  
2 MHz  
2.6 MHz  
5.5 MHz  
8 MHz  
1 MHz  
1.3 MHz  
1 In the calculations in Table 25, NBITS = 16 when status bits are disabled and NBITS = 24 when status bits are enabled.  
Rev. 0 | Page 73 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
If using the standard sequencer, ensure the STD_SEQ_EN bit is  
set to 1, and then program the STD_SEQ_CONFIG register  
and TEMP_CTRL register to select the channels for the  
sequence (see Table 49 and Table 53).  
RESET  
Connection Recommendations  
RESET  
The  
input allows the digital host to trigger a full device  
reset with a GPIO (see the Hardware Reset section). The  
RESET  
input is active low and must be driven low to initiate a  
hardware reset. The AD4695/AD4696 remain in the reset state  
RESET  
If using the advanced sequencer, update the SEQ_CTRL  
register to set the STD_SEQ_EN bit to 0 and set the  
NUM_SLOTS_AS field to the desired number of advanced  
sequencer slots, and program the appropriate number of  
AS_SLOTn registers and TEMP_CTRL register to implement  
the desired channel sequence (see Table 53 and Table 60).  
until the  
input is driven high.  
Hardware resets are not required to operate the AD4695/AD4696,  
because the SPI provides a software reset option (see the  
Software Reset section). For systems not utilizing hardware  
RESET  
reset functionality, tie the  
ensure it is pulled high during device operation.  
RESET  
input to VIO on board to  
If using either two-cycle command mode or single-cycle  
command mode, update the SEQ_CTRL register to set the  
STD_SEQ_EN bit to 0 but keep the NUM_SLOTS_AS field set  
to 0x0. The CYC_CTRL bit must also be set to select between two-  
cycle and single-cycle command modes, but because CYC_CTRL  
is in the setup register, it can be configured in the same frame as  
the SPI_MODE bit is set to put the device in conversion mode.  
To utilize hardware resets, connect the  
or equivalent digital output from the digital host. The signal  
RESET  
input to a GPIO  
driving  
must idle high. It is recommended to also include a  
RESET  
weak pull-up resistor to VIO on the  
pulled high until the digital host output is in a defined state. The  
host firmware function for performing hardware resets must pulse  
input to ensure it is  
After the channel sequencing mode settings are configured,  
update the CONFIG_INn register settings as needed to select  
the channel configuration settings, including threshold detection  
alert enable setting, polarity mode, pin pairing option, analog  
input high-Z mode enable setting, and OSR. When the standard  
sequencer is enabled, the settings programmed into the  
CONFIG_INn register bits are applied to all analog input  
channels. When any other channel sequencing mode is  
selected, the settings in each CONFIG_INn register are applied  
to their corresponding INn channel. See Table 54 for a detailed  
description of the bits in the CONFIG_INn registers.  
RESET  
low following the timing requirements in Figure 99.  
DEVICE CONFIGURATION RECOMMENDATIONS  
The following are recommendations for configuring the desired  
AD4695/AD4696 features and settings via the configuration  
registers described in the Register Information section.  
The AD4695/AD4696 must be in register configuration mode  
to access the configuration registers via the SPI. The AD4695/  
AD4696 enter register configuration mode on device power-up  
and following device resets. The settings in the configuration  
registers must be properly programmed for the specific application  
prior to entering conversion mode and performing conversions.  
When enabling threshold detection for any set of channels, update  
the values in the corresponding UPPER_INn and LOWER_INn  
registers to implement the desired upper and lower threshold  
limits (see Table 55 and Table 56). The ALERT_MODE bit  
must be updated to enable or disable hysteresis, but because  
ALERT_MODE is in the SETUP register, it can be configured  
in the same frame as the SPI_MODE bit is set to put the device  
in conversion mode. If enabling hysteresis, the HYST_INn  
registers must be updated to implement the desired hysteresis  
settings.  
On device power-up, it is recommended to perform either a  
hardware or software reset as described in the Device Reset section.  
First, program the contents of the SPI_CONFIG_A,  
SPI_CONFIG_B and SPI_CONFIG_C registers to the desired  
settings to ensure the AD4695/AD4696 SPI protocol is  
configured to be compatible with the digital host (see the  
Register Configuration Mode section). The scratch pad register  
(SCRATCH_PAD) allows the digital host to validate  
communications with the AD4695/AD4696 by writing test  
values and reading them back without affecting device settings.  
If utilizing any of the general-purpose pin functions described  
in the General-Purpose Pin section, update the GPIO_CTRL  
and GP_MODE register contents accordingly (see Table 50 and  
Table 51).  
Next, when powering VDD externally, it is recommended to  
disable the internal LDO by setting the LDO_EN bit in the  
setup register to 0 (see the Internal LDO section). Note that  
setting the SPI_MODE bit to a 1 puts the AD4695/AD4696 into  
conversion mode. Ensure that SPI_MODE is set to 0 until the  
remaining configuration registers are properly configured.  
If using autocycle mode, update the settings in the AC_CTRL  
register to enable autocycle mode and select the desired sample  
rate (see Table 48). Autocycle mode is disabled by default.  
Therefore, if autocycle mode is not being used, it is not  
necessary to update the AC_CTRL register after a device reset.  
Next, configure the channel sequencing registers for the desired  
channel sequencing mode. The SEQ_CTRL register contains  
the STD_SEQ_EN bit and NUM_SLOTS_AS field, which must  
be configured to select the desired channel sequencing mode.  
By default, the STD_SEQ_EN bit is set to 1, which selects the  
standard sequencer (see Table 47).  
If utilizing offset and gain correction, update the settings in the  
OFFSET_INn and GAIN_INn registers accordingly. If a  
calibration routine is required to determine the necessary offset  
and gain correction values for each channel, update the  
Rev. 0 | Page 74 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
OFFSET_INn and GAIN_INn registers after putting the AD4695/  
AD4696 into conversion mode to collect enough conversion data.  
When the standard sequencer is enabled, each enabled channel  
in the STD_SEQ_CONFIG register is sampled once per  
sequence iteration. fS_INx is therefore always constant for each  
enabled channel when the standard sequencer is enabled, and is  
calculated as follows:  
After all other necessary configuration register settings have  
been updated, put the AD4695/AD4696 in conversion mode by  
setting the SPI_MODE bit in the setup register to 1. Ensure that  
all other bits in the setup register are set to achieve the desired  
device settings (see Table 45).  
f
S_INx = fCNV/(NEN × OSR)  
where  
Prior to updating the setup register to put the device in  
conversion mode, the digital host may optionally check the  
state of the SPI_ERROR bit in the status register to verify that  
there were no errors in updating the configuration registers. The  
host can also check the state of the CLAMP_STATUS1 and  
CLAMP_STATUS2 registers to check if any of the AD4695/  
AD4696 analog input channels are experiencing overvoltage  
events prior to putting the device into conversion mode.  
N
EN is the number of inputs included in the channel sequence  
and can range from 1 (only one channel enabled) to 17 (when  
all channels and the temperature sensor are enabled).  
OSR is the oversampling ratio selected by the OSR_SET field in  
the CONFIG_IN0 register.  
In the example provided in Figure 73, with NEN = 4 and OSR =  
1, fS_INx is fCNV/4. If the OSR is programmed to 4 in this example,  
fS_INx is fCNV/16.  
While the AD4695/AD4696 are in conversion mode, the SPI  
cannot be used to update the configuration registers. If any of  
the configuration registers need to be read from or updated  
while the device is already in conversion mode, send the  
register configuration mode command during a conversion  
mode SPI frame to put the device back into register  
configuration mode (see the Register Configuration Mode  
Command section).  
When the advanced sequencer, two-cycle command mode or  
single-cycle command mode are enabled, the sequence of  
analog inputs is more flexible, and the channel sequence can be  
designed to implement multiple effective sample rates. This is  
useful in applications with a combination of channels with low  
frequency or dc signals and channels with high frequency or ac  
signals. The Implementing Two Effective Channel Sample  
Rates section describes how to design a channel sequence that  
achieves two effective sample rates for two sets of channels.  
EFFECTIVE CHANNEL SAMPLE RATE  
Table 26 and Figure 118 shows an example of a sequence which  
achieves three effective sample rates with four analog inputs.  
The sequence in Table 26 and Figure 118 can be implemented  
with the advanced sequencer and two-cycle command mode, or  
single-cycle command mode.  
The AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs are multiplexed to a single  
ADC core, and the state of the multiplexer is updated at the end  
of the conversion phase. The effective sample rate for each  
channel in the channel sequence is therefore some fraction of  
the sample rate of the ADC, which is set by fCNV. The effective  
sample rate for a channel is defined as the frequency at which  
each new conversion result is generated for that channel.  
The advanced sequencer, two-cycle command mode, and  
single-cycle command mode can also be utilized to perform  
aperiodic conversions on analog inputs, for example, when all  
channels have dc-type signals, or when the channel sequencing  
involves adaptive control logic.  
For an analog input to have an effective sample rate, new  
results must be generated at a constant rate for the entire  
channel sequence or at least for a long enough time span to  
perform the necessary analysis. For example, to calculate an  
FFT and perform ac analysis on the ADC data for a given  
channel, the sampling interval between each sample gathered  
for that channel must be constant. The effective sample rate for  
an analog input (fS_INx) is a function of fCNV and the number of  
CNV periods between each time it is sampled (NCNV). The  
following relationship applies for each of the 16 analog inputs  
(IN0 to IN15) and for the temperature sensor as follows:  
Table 26. Multiple Effective Sample Rates Example  
Sequence  
Position  
Input  
IN0  
IN1  
IN0  
IN2  
IN0  
IN1  
IN0  
IN3  
Effective Sample Rate of Input  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
fCNV/2  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/2  
fCNV/8  
fCNV/2  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/2  
fCNV/8  
fS_INx = fCNV/NCNV  
The required fS_INx for each analog input is determined by its  
input signal frequency range. The Nyquist frequency for a given  
analog input (which is half of fS_INx) must be greater than the  
highest signal frequency being measured to avoid aliasing.  
Rev. 0 | Page 75 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
...  
...  
CNV  
IN0  
IN1  
IN0  
IN2  
IN0  
IN1  
IN0  
IN3  
IN0  
IN1  
IN0  
IN2  
IN0  
IN1  
IN0  
IN3  
IN1  
SAMPLE  
PERIOD  
IN2  
SAMPLE  
PERIOD  
IN3  
SAMPLE  
PERIOD  
IN0  
SAMPLE  
PERIOD  
Figure 118. Multiple Effective Sample Rates Example  
sample rates. The number of sequence positions required (NS)  
follows the relation:  
Implementing Two Effective Channel Sample Rates  
In multichannel data acquisition systems, the ADC may be  
monitoring a mix of higher frequency and lower frequency or dc  
type signals. Channels with higher maximum input frequencies  
require higher Nyquist frequencies, and therefore require higher  
effective sample rates than channels with lower maximum  
input frequencies. To maximize the effective sample rate for  
analog input channels with higher frequency input signals, the  
channel sequence can be designed to implement two different  
effective sample rates.  
NS = NLSR × (NHSR + 1)  
where  
NHSR is the number of HSR inputs.  
NLSR is the number of LSR inputs.  
When the advanced sequencer is enabled, the maximum value  
of NS is limited by the number of AS_SLOTn registers. When  
two-cycle command mode or single-cycle command mode are  
enabled, NS can be arbitrarily large.  
In a custom channel sequence that implements two effective  
sample rates, each of the AD4695/AD4696 channels included in  
the sequence are categorized as either high sample rate (HSR)  
channels or low sample rate (LSR) channels. Figure 119 shows a  
generalized channel sequence implementing HSR and LSR  
channels.  
Because the LSR channels are only sampled once per full  
sequence iteration, their effective sample rate (fS_LSR) is the  
sample rate of the ADC core (set by fCNV) divided by NS as  
follows:  
f
S_LSR = fCNV/NS  
N
+ 1  
HSR  
Because the HSR inputs are sampled once for each LSR input in  
the sequence, the effective sample rate for the HSR inputs (fS_HSR) is  
as follows:  
HSR1  
HSR1  
HSR2  
HSR2  
HSRm  
HSRm  
LSR1  
LSR2  
f
S_HSR = (fCNV × NLSR)/NS  
Table 27 shows an example where IN5, IN9, and IN14 are HSR  
channels and IN2, IN10, and the temperature sensor are LSR  
channels.  
N
LSR  
Table 27. Sequence with Two Effective Channel Sample Rates  
HSR1  
HSR2  
HSRm  
LSRn  
Sequence  
Position  
Input  
IN5  
IN9  
IN14  
IN2  
IN5  
Effective Sample Rate of Input  
m = N  
HSR  
LSR  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/12  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/12  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/4  
fCNV/4  
n = N  
Figure 119. Sequence of HSR and LSR Inputs with Two Effective Sample Rates  
The full channel sequence in Figure 119 consists of a repeating  
sub sequence of all HSR channels, followed by one LSR channel.  
The sub sequences repeat until all LSR channels are sampled  
once, and then the entire sequence starts again. As a result, the  
LSR channels are sampled only once per sequence iteration,  
whereas the HSR channels are sampled once for each LSR  
channel in the sequence.  
IN9  
IN14  
IN10  
IN5  
IN9  
IN14  
The number of HSR channels (NHSR) and the number of LSR  
channels (NLSR) dictate their effective sample rates, as well as the  
number of sequence positions required to implement the two  
Temperature  
sensor  
fCNV/12  
Rev. 0 | Page 76 of 96  
 
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Note that implementing the sequence in Table 27 with the  
advanced sequencer requires the following register  
configuration settings:  
steps at the analog inputs. Place these external capacitors as  
close to the analog inputs as possible to minimize parasitic  
impedances between the two which could degrade performance.  
See the Analog Front-End Design section for more  
information.  
STD_SEQ_EN = 0  
NUM_SLOTS_AS = 10  
TEMP_EN = 1  
The AD4695/AD4696 voltage reference input, REF, also has a  
dynamic input impedance. The effective impedance between  
the reference drive circuitry output and the REF input must be  
very low, and a decoupling capacitor must be placed as close to  
the REF pin as possible. Connect the external reference  
circuitry to the REF pin with wide traces to minimize the trace  
impedance (see the Reference Circuitry Design section).  
The first 11 advanced sequencer slots (AS_SLOT0 to AS_SLOT10)  
are also programmed with the analog inputs listed in Table 27,  
because the temperature sensor is enabled via the TEMP_EN  
bit instead of via the advanced sequencer slots.  
Note that when using the advanced sequencer, the temperature  
sensor cannot be assigned as an HSR channel because it cannot  
be assigned with the AS_SLOTn registers. However, the  
temperature sensor can be included as an LSR channel by  
enabling it via the TEMP_EN bit in the TEMP_CTRL register,  
as demonstrated in Table 27.  
The power supplies of the AD4695/AD4696 must be decoupled  
with low ESR ceramic capacitors placed close to the supply  
pins, and connected using short, wide traces to provide low  
impedance paths and to reduce the effect of glitches on the  
power supply lines (see the Power Supplies section). If LDO_IN  
is powered from the same supply as AVDD, Short the pins with  
a wide common trace, and a single 100 nF capacitor can be  
used to decouple both pins.  
LAYOUT GUIDELINES  
The following are suggested layout techniques for achieving  
optimal performance of the AD4695/AD4696 populated on a  
printed circuit board (PCB). An example PCB layout with the  
AD4696 is provided in the user guide for the AD4696  
evaluation board (EVAL-AD4696FMCZ).  
EVALUATING AD4695/AD4696 PERFORMANCE  
The AD4695/AD4696 evaluation tool offerings include a fully  
assembled and tested evaluation board including the AD4696  
(EVAL-AD4696FMCZ), evaluation software for controlling the  
board from a PC, and support documentation for the hardware  
and software. The evaluation software requires the EVAL-SDP-  
CH1Z controller board to establish communication between  
the PC and the EVAL-AD4696FMCZ board.  
Analog traces (that is, traces connected to the analog inputs and  
reference input) must be physically separated from the digital  
traces (that is, traces to the CNV input, SPI, and general-  
purpose pins) to limit cross coupling from fast switching digital  
signals into the analog input signals. Add ground fill between  
analog and digital traces on the same PCB layer. Do not cross  
digital traces over the analog traces or the AD4695/AD4696  
device without a ground plane PCB layer in between. The  
analog and digital pins on the AD4695/AD4696 are arranged to  
facilitate separation of analog and digital traces.  
The EVAL-AD4696FMCZ board allows for prototyping the  
analog front-end circuitry and reference circuitry with the  
various digital features offered by the AD4696. It also features a  
standard 160-pin field-programmable gate array (FPGA)  
mezzanine card (FMC) connector and 12-pin extended SPI  
peripheral module (PMOD) connector which allow for  
prototyping communication between the on-board AD4696  
and many third party FPGA development boards.  
The AD4695/AD4696 analog inputs (IN0 to IN15) have a  
dynamic input impedance due to the multiplexer and ADC  
core input switches, which toggle between conversions. An  
external capacitor is recommended to reduce nonlinear voltage  
Rev. 0 | Page 77 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
REGISTER INFORMATION  
in a single SPI transaction, or if each individual byte must be  
read or written in separate SPI transactions (see the Multibyte  
Register Access section).  
REGISTER OVERVIEW  
The AD4695/AD4696 have programmable configuration registers  
that contain the bits and fields used to monitor device status and  
configure the device. Reading or writing to these bits and fields  
requires reading or writing to the registers that contain them. The  
AD4695/AD4696 SPI is used to read and write to the configuration  
registers (see the Register Configuration Mode section).  
Bits and fields in the AD4695/AD4696 configuration registers  
are defined as read only, read/write or R/W1C. Read only bits  
can only be read from and cannot be updated by SPI writes from  
the SPI master. Read/write bits can be read from or written to.  
Write 1 to clear bits can be read from and are only reset to 0 when  
the digital host writes a 1 in their memory location.  
The AD4695/AD4696 register map memory space is divided into  
bytes. Each byte of memory has a unique address, ranging from  
0x000 to 0x17F. Table 28 shows the register memory address  
assignments for all of the AD4695/AD4696 configuration registers.  
In the access column of Table 28, registers which contain  
exclusively read-only bits are represented with R and registers  
with writeable bits are represented with R/W. In the access  
column of Table 29 through Table 60, read only bits are  
represented with R, read/write bits are represented with R/W,  
and write 1 to clear bits are represented with R/W1C.  
Each configuration register is a single byte or multiple bytes in  
length. Registers that are multiple bytes long are called multibyte  
registers. The address of each multibyte register is defined as the  
address of its least significant byte, but each byte in a multibyte  
register has a unique address in the register map memory space.  
For example, the STD_SEQ_CONFIG register is two bytes long,  
and its least significant byte (LSByte) address is 0x24 and its most  
significant byte (MSByte) address is 0x25. The state of the  
MB_STRICT bit in the SPI_CONFIG_C register determines  
whether all bytes in a multibyte register must be read or written  
The SPI_STATUS register contains various error flags that  
indicate whether a SPI read or write transaction violated one of  
several aspects of the protocols outlined in the Register  
Configuration Mode section (see Table 37). The SPI_ERROR  
bit in the status register is the bitwise logical OR of the error  
flags in the SPI_STATUS register (see Table 38).  
Table 28. Configuration Register Names and Descriptions  
Address  
0x000  
0x001  
0x003  
0x00A  
0x00C  
0x00D  
0x00E  
0x010  
0x011  
0x014  
0x015  
0x016  
0x017  
0x018  
0x01A  
0x01B  
0x020  
0x021  
0x022  
0x023  
0x024  
0x026  
0x027  
0x028  
0x029  
0x030 to 0x03F  
0x040 to 0x05E  
0x060 to 0x07E  
Name  
Description  
Length  
Reset  
0x10  
0x00  
0x07  
0x00  
0x56  
0x04  
0x00  
0x23  
0x00  
0x20  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x10  
0x12  
0x80  
0x00  
0x0001  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x08  
0x07FF  
0x0000  
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R
R/W  
R
SPI_CONFIG_A  
SPI_CONFIG_B  
DEVICE_TYPE  
SCRATCH_PAD  
VENDOR_L  
Interface Configuration A.  
Interface Configuration B.  
Device type.  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Multibyte  
Scratch pad.  
Vendor ID (lower byte).  
Vendor ID (upper byte).  
Loop mode.  
Interface Configuration C.  
Interface status.  
VENDOR_H  
R
LOOP_MODE  
SPI_CONFIG_C  
SPI_STATUS  
STATUS  
ALERT_STATUS1  
ALERT_STATUS2  
ALERT_STATUS3  
ALERT_STATUS4  
CLAMP_STATUS1  
CLAMP_STATUS2  
SETUP  
REF_CTRL  
SEQ_CTRL  
AC_CTRL  
STD_SEQ_CONFIG  
GPIO_CTRL  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Device status.  
Alert status (IN0 to IN3).  
Alert status (IN4 to IN7).  
Alert status (IN8 to IN11).  
Alert status (IN12 to IN15).  
Clamp status (IN0 to IN7).  
Clamp status (IN8 to IN15).  
Device setup.  
Reference control.  
Sequencer control.  
Autocycle control.  
Standard sequencer configuration.  
GPIO enable.  
General-purpose pin function control.  
GPIO state.  
Temperature sensor control.  
Analog input settings configuration.  
Upper threshold value.  
Lower threshold value.  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Single byte  
Multibyte  
GP_MODE  
GPIO_STATE  
TEMP_CTRL  
CONFIG_INn  
UPPER_INn  
LOWER_INn  
Multibyte  
Rev. 0 | Page 78 of 96  
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Address  
Name  
Description  
Length  
Reset  
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0x080 to 0x09E  
0x0A0 to 0x0BE  
0x0C0 to 0x0DE  
0x100 to 0x17F  
HYST_INn  
OFFSET_INn  
GAIN_INn  
AS_SLOTn  
Hysteresis setting.  
INn offset correction.  
INn gain correction.  
Advanced sequencer slot.  
Multibyte  
Multibyte  
Multibyte  
Single byte  
0x0010  
0x0000  
0x8000  
0x00  
REGISTER DETAILS  
SPI Configuration A Register  
Address: 0x000, Reset: 0x10, Name: SPI_CONFIG_A  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
[7] SW_RST_MSB (R/W)  
[0] SW_RST_LSB (R/W)  
Software Reset Bit (MSB)  
Software Reset Bit (LSB)  
[6] RESERVED  
[4:1] RESERVED  
[5] ADDR_DIR (R/W)  
Address Direction Bit  
Table 29. Bit Descriptions for SPI_CONFIG_A  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
7
SW_RST_MSB Software Reset Bit (MSB). Setting both the SW_RST_MSB bit and SW_RST_LSB bit to 1 initiates a  
software reset of the device, which resets all registers except the INTERFACE_CONFIG_A register  
to the default power-up state (see the Software Reset section).  
0x0  
R/W  
6
5
RESERVED  
ADDR_DIR  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
Address Direction Bit. This bit determines sequential addressing behavior when performing  
register reads and writes on multiple bytes of data in a single data phase (see the Address  
Direction Options section).  
0: select descending address option.  
1: select ascending address option.  
Reserved.  
Software Reset Bit (LSB). Setting both the SW_RST_MSB and SW_RST_LSB bits to 1 initiates a  
software reset of the device, which resets all registers except the INTERFACE_CONFIG_A register  
to the default power-up state (see the Software Reset section).  
[4:1] RESERVED  
SW_RST_LSB  
0x8  
0x0  
R
R/W  
0
SPI Configuration B Register  
Address: 0x001, Reset: 0x00, Name: SPI_CONFIG_B  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] INST_MODE (R/W)  
[2:0] RESERVED  
Streaming or Single Instruction Mode  
Select Bit  
[3] ADDR_LEN (R/W)  
Address Length Bit  
[6:4] RESERVED  
Table 30. Bit Descriptions for SPI_CONFIG_B  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
INST_MODE Streaming or Single Instruction Mode Select Bit. This bit selects between streaming mode and  
single instruction mode (see the Streaming Mode section and the Single Instruction Mode section).  
0x0  
R/W  
0: enable streaming mode.  
1: enable single instruction mode.  
[6:4] RESERVED  
ADDR_LEN  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
3
Address Length Bit. This bit sets the length of the register address in the instruction phase to  
7 bits or 15 bits (see the Instruction Phase section).  
0: 15-bit addressing.  
1: 7-bit addressing.  
Reserved.  
[2:0] RESERVED  
0x0  
R
Rev. 0 | Page 79 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Device Type Register  
Address: 0x003, Reset: 0x07, Name: DEVICE_TYPE  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
[7:4] RESERVED  
[3:0] DEVICE_TYPE (R)  
Device Type Indicator Field  
Table 31. Bit Descriptions for DEVICE_TYPE  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
[7:4] RESERVED  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x7  
R
R
[3:0] DEVICE_TYPE Device Type Indicator Field. This field identifies the Analog Devices, Inc., product category that  
the device belongs to. The value 0x7 corresponds to precision ADCs.  
Scratch Pad Register  
Address: 0x00A, Reset: 0x00, Name: SCRATCH_PAD  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:0] SCRATCH_VALUE (R/W)  
Scratchpad Field  
Table 32. Bit Descriptions for SCRATCH_PAD  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[7:0] SCRATCH_VALUE Scratchpad Field. Values written to this register have no impact on the device behavior. Use  
this register to test SPI communications with the device.  
Reset Access  
0x00 R/W  
Vendor ID (Lower Byte) Register  
Address: 0x00C, Reset: 0x56, Name: VENDOR_L  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
[7:0] VENDOR_ID[7:0] (R)  
Vendor Identification Field  
Table 33. Bit Descriptions for VENDOR_L  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[7:0] VENDOR_ID[7:0] Vendor Identification Field. The VENDOR_ID[15:0] field is the same value (0x0456) for all  
Analog Devices precision ADCs.  
Reset Access  
0x56  
R
Vendor ID (Upper Byte) Register  
Address: 0x00D, Reset: 0x04, Name: VENDOR_H  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
[7:0] VENDOR_ID[15:8] (R)  
Vendor Identification Field  
Table 34. Bit Descriptions for VENDOR_H  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[7:0] VENDOR_ID[15:8] Vendor Identification Field. The VENDOR_ID[15:0] field is the same value (0x0456) for all  
Analog Devices precision ADCs.  
Reset Access  
0x04  
R
Rev. 0 | Page 80 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Loop Mode Register  
Address: 0x00E, Reset: 0x00, Name: LOOP_MODE  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:0] LOOP_COUNT (R/W)  
Loop Count Field  
Table 35. Bit Descriptions for LOOP_MODE  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
[7:0] LOOP_COUNT Loop Count Field. This field specifies the number of registers to loop through for each SPI  
frame when streaming mode is selected (see the Streaming Mode section). A value of 0x00  
disables looping. Values between 0x01 and 0xFF set the number of registers to loop through  
before returning to the original register address.  
0x00  
R/W  
SPI Configuration C Register  
Address: 0x010, Reset: 0x23, Name: SPI_CONFIG_C  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
[7:6] CRC_EN (R/W)  
[1:0] CRC_EN_N (R/W)  
CRC Enable Field  
Inverted CRC Enable Field  
[5] MB_STRICT (R/W)  
[4:2] RESERVED  
Multibyte Access Control Bit  
Table 36. Bit Descriptions for SPI_CONFIG_C  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
[7:6] CRC_EN  
CRC Enable Field. This field enables the CRC when set to 0x1 (if CRC_EN_N is also set to 0x2). This  
field disables the CRC when set to a value other than 0x1 (see the Checksum Protection section).  
0: disables CRC.  
0x0  
0x1  
0x0  
R/W  
1: enables CRC if CRC_EN_N = 0x2.  
5
MB_STRICT Multibyte Access Control Bit. This bit sets the SPI transaction requirements for multibyte registers  
(see the Multibyte Register Access section).  
R/W  
0: individual bytes in multibyte registers are read from or written to in individual data phases.  
1: all bytes in multibyte registers are read from or written to in a single data phase.  
Reserved.  
Inverted CRC Enable Field. This field enables the CRC when set to 0x2 (if CRC_EN is also set to 0x1). 0x3  
This field disables the CRC when set to a value other than 0x2 (see the Checksum Protection section).  
[4:2] RESERVED  
[1:0] CRC_EN_N  
R
R/W  
Interface Status Register  
Address: 0x011, Reset: 0x00, Name: SPI_STATUS  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] NOT_RDY_ERROR (R/W1C)  
[0] ADDR_INVALID (R/W1C)  
Interface Not Ready Error Flag  
Invalid Address Error Flag  
[6:5] RESERVED  
[1] MB_ERROR (R/W1C)  
Multibyte Register Access Error Flag  
[4] SCK_ERROR (R/W)  
SPI Clock Count Error Flag  
[2] WRITE_INVALID (R/W1C)  
Invalid Write Error Flag  
[3] CRC_ERROR (R/W1C)  
CRC Error Flag  
Table 37. Bit Descriptions for SPI_STATUS  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
7
NOT_RDY_ERROR Interface Not Ready Error Flag. This bit is set to 1 when the digital host initiates an SPI  
transaction before the AD4695/AD4696 interface is ready to respond, for example, before a  
device reset is complete.  
0x0  
R/W1C  
[6:5] RESERVED  
Reserved.  
0x0  
R
Rev. 0 | Page 81 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
4
SCK_ERROR  
SPI Clock Count Error Flag. This bit is set to 1 when an incorrect number of serial clock  
edges is received in an SPI read or write transaction, for example, if the SPI frame ends in  
the middle of a data phase.  
0x0  
R/W  
3
CRC_ERROR  
CRC Error Flag. This bit is set to 1 when the AD4695/AD4696 receives a checksum that does  
not match its expected value (see the Checksum Protection section). This error flag is only  
active when the CRC is enabled.  
0x0  
R/W1C  
2
1
WRITE_INVALID  
MB_ERROR  
Invalid Write Error Flag. This bit is set to 1 when the digital host attempts an SPI write to a  
register that contains exclusively read only bits.  
Multibyte Register Access Error Flag. This bit is set to 1 when an SPI transaction does not  
access all bytes of a multibyte register. This error flag is only active when the MB_STRICT bit  
is set to 1.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W1C  
R/W1C  
0
ADDR_INVALID  
Invalid Address Error Flag. This bit is set to 1 when an SPI transaction attempts to access a  
nonexistent register (a register with an address outside of the specified range of values in  
Table 28).  
0x0  
R/W1C  
Device Status Register  
Address: 0x014, Reset: 0x20, Name: STATUS  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
[7] RESERVED  
[0] RESERVED  
[6] COM_CLAMP_FLAG (R)  
[1] CLAMP_FLAG (R)  
COM Overvoltage Clamp Flag  
General Overvoltage Protection Clamp  
Flag  
[5] RESET_FLAG(R)  
Reset Flag  
[2] SPI_ERROR (R)  
General Interface Error Flag  
[4] RESERVED  
[3] TD_ALERT (R)  
Threshold Detection Alert Indicator  
Table 38. Bit Descriptions for STATUS  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reserved.  
Reset Access  
7
6
RESERVED  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
COM_CLAMP_FLAG COM Overvoltage Clamp Flag. This bit indicates if the COM overvoltage protection clamp is  
active because of an overvoltage event. This bit is not sticky and is cleared when the COM  
overvoltage protection clamp is inactive.  
0: COM overvoltage protection clamp inactive.  
1: COM overvoltage protection clamp active.  
5
RESET_FLAG  
Reset Flag. This bit indicates whether a hardware reset or software reset occurred since the last  
time this bit was read (see the Device Reset section). This bit is automatically cleared when read.  
0x1  
R
0: no device reset occurred since this bit was last read.  
1: a device reset occurred since this bit was last read.  
Reserved.  
Threshold Detection Alert Indicator. This bit indicates if any combination of the upper or  
lower alert indicators for IN0 to IN15 is asserted. This bit is the logical OR of all HI_INn and  
LO_INn bits in the ALERT_STATUS1 register to the ALERT_STATUS4 register. This bit is not sticky.  
4
3
RESERVED  
TD_ALERT  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
0: no upper or lower alert indicators asserted.  
1: at least one upper or lower alert indicator asserted.  
2
1
SPI_ERROR  
General Interface Error Flag. This bit indicates if any of the error flags in the SPI_STATUS  
register are asserted. This bit is the bitwise logical OR of all bits in the SPI_STATUS register.  
0: no interface error detected.  
0x0  
R
R
1: one or more interface errors detected.  
CLAMP_FLAG  
General Overvoltage Protection Clamp Flag. This bit indicates if any IN0 to IN15 overvoltage 0x0  
protection clamps were activated by an overvoltage event (if any of the INX_CLAMP_FLAG  
bits are asserted). This bit is sticky and is only cleared if all INX_CLAMP_FLAG bits are  
deasserted when the bit is read.  
0: all IN0 to IN15 overvoltage clamps are inactive.  
1: at least one IN0 to IN15 overvoltage clamps are active.  
0
RESERVED  
Reserved.  
0x0  
R
Rev. 0 | Page 82 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Alert Status (IN0 to IN3) Register  
Address: 0x015, Reset: 0x00, Name: ALERT_STATUS1  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] LO_IN3 (R)  
[0] HI_IN0 (R)  
IN3 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN0 Upper Alert Indicator  
[6] HI_IN3 (R)  
[1] LO_IN0 (R)  
IN3 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN0 Lower Alert Indicator  
[5] LO_IN2 (R)  
[2] HI_IN1 (R)  
IN2 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN1 Upper Alert Indicator  
[4] HI_IN2 (R)  
[3] LO_IN1 (R)  
IN2 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN1 Lower Alert Indicator  
Table 39. Bit Descriptions for ALERT_STATUS1  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LO_IN3  
HI_IN3  
LO_IN2  
HI_IN2  
LO_IN1  
HI_IN1  
LO_IN0  
HI_IN0  
IN3 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN3 is less than or equal to the IN3  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN3 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN3 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN3 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN3 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN3 is greater than or equal to the  
IN3 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN3 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN3 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN3 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN2 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN2 is less than or equal to the IN2  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN2 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN2 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN2 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN2 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN2 is greater than or equal to the  
IN2 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN2 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN2 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN2 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN1 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN1 is less than or equal to the IN1  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN1 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN1 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN1 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN1 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN1 is greater than or equal to the  
IN1 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN1 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN1 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN1 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN0 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN0 is less than or equal to the IN0  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN0 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN0 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN0 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN0 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN0 is greater than or equal to the  
IN0 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN0 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN0 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN0 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Rev. 0 | Page 83 of 96  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Alert Status (IN4 to IN7) Register  
Address: 0x016, Reset: 0x00, Name: ALERT_STATUS2  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] LO_IN7 (R)  
[0] HI_IN4 (R)  
IN7 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN4 Upper Alert Indicator  
[6] HI_IN7 (R)  
[1] LO_IN4 (R)  
IN7 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN4 Lower Alert Indicator  
[5] LO_IN6 (R)  
[2] HI_IN5 (R)  
IN6 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN5 Upper Alert Indicator  
[4] HI_IN6 (R)  
[3] LO_IN5 (R)  
IN6 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN5 Lower Alert Indicator  
Table 40. Bit Descriptions for ALERT_STATUS2  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LO_IN7  
HI_IN7  
LO_IN6  
HI_IN6  
LO_IN5  
HI_IN5  
LO_IN4  
HI_IN4  
IN7 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN7 is less than or equal to the IN7  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN7 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN7 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN7 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN7 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN7 is greater than or equal to the  
IN7 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN7 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN7 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN7 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN6 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN6 is less than or equal to the IN6  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN6 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN6 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN6 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN6 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN6 is greater than or equal to the  
IN6 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN6 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN6 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN6 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN5 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN5 is less than or equal to the IN5  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN5 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN5 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN5 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN5 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN5 is greater than or equal to the  
IN5 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN5 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN5 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN5 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN4 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN4 is less than or equal to the IN4  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN4 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN4 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN4 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN4 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN4 is greater than or equal to the  
IN4 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN4 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN4 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN4 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Rev. 0 | Page 84 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Alert Status (IN8 to IN11) Register  
Address: 0x017, Reset: 0x00, Name: ALERT_STATUS3  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] LO_IN11 (R)  
[0] HI_IN8 (R)  
IN11 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN8 Upper Alert Indicator  
[6] HI_IN11 (R)  
[1] LO_IN8 (R)  
IN11 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN8 Lower Alert Indicator  
[5] LO_IN10 (R)  
[2] HI_IN9 (R)  
IN10 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN9 Upper Alert Indicator  
[4] HI_IN10 (R)  
[3] LO_IN9 (R)  
IN10 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN9 Lower Alert Indicator  
Table 41. Bit Descriptions for ALERT_STATUS3  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
LO_IN11  
IN11 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN11 is less than or equal to  
the IN11 lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on  
IN0 (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the  
ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN11  
conversion is within the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN11 register (see the Alert  
Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
R
6
5
HI_IN11  
LO_IN10  
IN11 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN11 is greater than or equal to  
the IN11 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN11  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE  
bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN11 conversion is within  
the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN11 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN10 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN10 is less than or equal to the  
IN10 lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN0  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the  
ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN10  
conversion is within the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN10 register (see the Alert  
Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
4
3
2
1
0
HI_IN10  
LO_IN9  
HI_IN9  
LO_IN8  
HI_IN8  
IN10 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN10 is greater than or equal to  
the IN10 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN10  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE  
bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN10 conversion is within  
the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN10 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN9 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN9 is less than or equal to the IN9  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN9 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN9 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN9 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN9 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN9 is greater than or equal to the  
IN9 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN9 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN9 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN9 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN8 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN8 is less than or equal to the IN8  
lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN8 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN8 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN8 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
R
R
R
IN8 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN8 is greater than or equal to the  
IN8 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN8 (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE bit in the  
setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN8 conversion is within the range  
set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN8 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
Rev. 0 | Page 85 of 96  
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Alert Status (IN12 to IN15) Register  
Address: 0x018, Reset: 0x00, Name: ALERT_STATUS4  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] LO_IN15 (R)  
[0] HI_IN12 (R)  
IN15 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN12 Upper Alert Indicator  
[6] HI_IN15 (R)  
[1] LO_IN12 (R)  
IN15 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN12 Lower Alert Indicator  
[5] LO_IN14 (R)  
[2] HI_IN13 (R)  
IN14 Lower Alert Indicator  
IN13 Upper Alert Indicator  
[4] HI_IN14 (R)  
[3] LO_IN13 (R)  
IN14 Upper Alert Indicator  
IN13 Lower Alert Indicator  
Table 42. Bit Descriptions for ALERT_STATUS4  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
LO_IN15  
IN15 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN15 is less than or equal to  
the IN15 lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on  
IN0 (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the  
ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN15  
conversion is within the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN15 register (see the Alert  
Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
R
6
5
HI_IN15  
LO_IN14  
IN15 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN15 is greater than or equal to  
the IN15 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN15  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE  
bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN15 conversion is within  
the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN15 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN14 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN14 is less than or equal to  
the IN14 lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on  
IN0 (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the  
ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN14  
conversion is within the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN14 register (see the Alert  
Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
4
3
HI_IN14  
LO_IN13  
IN14 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN14 is greater than or equal to  
the IN14 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN14  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE  
bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN14 conversion is within  
the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN14 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN13 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN13 is less than or equal to  
the IN13 lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on  
IN0 (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear r. When the  
ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN13  
conversion is within the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN13 register (see the Alert  
Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
2
1
HI_IN13  
LO_IN12  
IN13 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN13 is greater than or equal to  
the IN13 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN13  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE  
bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN13 conversion is within  
the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN13 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
IN12 Lower Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN12 is less than or equal to  
the IN12 lower threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on  
IN0 (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the  
ALERT_MODE bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN12  
conversion is within the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN12 register (see the Alert  
Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
0
HI_IN12  
IN12 Upper Alert Indicator. This bit is set to 1 when a conversion result for IN12 is greater than or equal to  
the IN12 upper threshold value. This indicator is only active if the threshold detection is enabled on IN12  
(see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). This bit is read to clear. When the ALERT_MODE  
bit in the setup register is set to 1, this bit also automatically clears if a subsequent IN12 conversion is within  
the range set by the HYSTERESIS field in the HYST_IN12 register (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
R
Rev. 0 | Page 86 of 96  
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Clamp Status (IN0 to IN7) Register  
Address: 0x01A, Reset: 0x00, Name: CLAMP_STATUS1  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:0] INX_CLAMP_FLAG[7:0] (R)  
INx Overvoltage Clamp Flags  
Table 43. Bit Descriptions for CLAMP_STATUS1  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
[7:0] INX_CLAMP_FLAG[7:0] INx Overvoltage Clamp Flags. This field indicates if the INx overvoltage protection  
clamps are active because of an overvoltage event. Each bit corresponds to one of the  
analog inputs (IN0 to IN15), where INX_CLAMP_FLAG[x] corresponds to the INx  
0x0  
R
overvoltage protection clamp status. INX_CLAMP_FLAG[x] is set to 1 when the INx  
overvoltage protection clamp is active. These bits are not sticky and are automatically  
cleared when the corresponding overvoltage protection clamp deactivates.  
Clamp Status (IN8 to IN15) Register  
Address: 0x01B, Reset: 0x00, Name: CLAMP_STATUS2  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:0] INX_CLAMP_FLAG[15:8] (R)  
INx Overvoltage Clamp Flags  
Table 44. Bit Descriptions for CLAMP_STATUS2  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
0x0  
[7:0] INX_CLAMP_FLAG[15:8] INx Overvoltage Clamp Flags. This field indicates if the INx overvoltage protection  
clamps are active because of an overvoltage event. Each bit corresponds to one of  
the analog inputs (IN0 to IN15), where INX_CLAMP_FLAG[x] corresponds to the INx  
overvoltage protection clamp status. INX_CLAMP_FLAG[x] is set to 1 while the INx  
overvoltage protection clamp is active. These bits are not sticky and are automatically  
cleared when their corresponding overvoltage protection clamp deactivates.  
R
Device Setup Register  
Address: 0x020, Reset: 0x10, Name: SETUP  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
[7] ALERT_MODE (R/W)  
[0] RESERVED  
Alert Mode Select Bit  
[1] CYC_CTRL (R)  
[6] SDO_STATE (R)  
SDO State Select Bit  
Two- and Single-Cycle Command  
Mode Control Bit  
[5] STATUS_EN (R/W)  
[2] SPI_MODE (R)  
Status Bits Enable Bit  
Digital Interface Mode Select Bit  
[4] LDO_EN (R/W)  
[3] RESERVED  
Internal LDO Enable Bit  
Table 45. Bit Descriptions for SETUP  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
ALERT_MODE Alert Mode Select Bit. This bit determines how the upper and lower alert indicators (HI_INn and  
LO_INn) are cleared (see the Alert Indicator Registers section).  
0x0  
R/W  
0: hysteresis enabled.  
1: hysteresis disabled.  
6
SDO_STATE  
SDO State Select Bit. This bit determines the behavior of serial data output(s) at the beginning  
and end of conversion mode SPI frames (see the Conversion Mode Timing Diagrams section).  
0x0  
R/W  
0: serial data output(s) hold the final value until the MSB of the next conversion data is clocked out.  
1: busy indicator is enabled on the serial data output(s).  
Rev. 0 | Page 87 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
5
STATUS_EN  
Status Bits Enable Bit. This bit determines whether the status bits are appended to conversion  
data when in conversion mode (see the Status Bits section).  
0x0  
R/W  
0: status bits disabled.  
1: status bits enabled.  
4
LDO_EN  
Internal LDO Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables the internal LDO. Disable the internal LDO  
when driving VDD with an external 1.8 V supply. When the internal LDO is supplying VDD,  
disabling the internal LDO removes power to VDD and disables the ADC core and configuration  
registers (see the Internal LDO section).  
0x1  
R/W  
0: internal LDO disabled.  
1: internal LDO enabled.  
Reserved.  
Digital Interface Mode Select Bit. This bit determines whether the device is in register  
configuration mode or conversion mode. Set this bit to 1 to enter conversion mode. This bit is  
set to 0 when the register configuration mode command is received (see the Register  
Configuration Mode Command section).  
3
2
RESERVED  
SPI_MODE  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0: selects register configuration mode.  
1: selects conversion mode.  
1
0
CYC_CTRL  
RESERVED  
Two- and Single-Cycle Command Mode Control Bit. This bit selects between two-cycle command  
mode and single-cycle command mode. This bit must be set to 0 when using two-cycle command  
mode, the standard sequencer, or the advanced sequencer (see the Channel Sequencing Modes  
section).  
0: selects two-cycle command mode.  
1: selects single-cycle command mode.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
Reference Control Register  
Address: 0x021, Reset: 0x12, Name: REF_CTRL  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
[7] OV_MODE (R/W)  
[0] RESERVED  
Overvoltage Reduced Current Mode  
Enable Bit  
[1] REFHIZ_EN (R/W)  
Reference Input High-Z Mode Enable  
Bit  
[6:5] RESERVED  
[4:2] VREF_SET (R/W)  
Reference Input Range Control  
Table 46. Bit Descriptions for REF_CTRL  
Bits Bit Name Description  
OV_MODE  
Reset Access  
7
Overvoltage Reduced Current Mode Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables overvoltage reduced  
current mode (see the Input Overvoltage Protection Clamps section).  
0x0  
R/W  
0: reduce REF current during clamping.  
1: do not reduce REF current during clamping.  
Reserved.  
Reference Input Range Control. This field configures the device to optimize performance based on 0x4  
the reference voltage in use. This field must be programmed to match the VREF voltage applied to  
the REF pin (see the Voltage Reference Input section).  
[6:5] RESERVED  
[4:2] VREF_SET  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x0: 2.4 V ≤ VREF ≤ 2.75 V.  
0x1: 2.75 V < VREF ≤ 3.25 V.  
0x2: 3.25 V < VREF ≤ 3.75 V.  
0x3: 3.75 V < VREF ≤ 4.50 V.  
0x4: 4.5 V < VREF ≤ 5.10 V.  
Rev. 0 | Page 88 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
1
REFHIZ_EN Reference Input High-Z Mode Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables reference input high-Z mode  
(see the Reference Input High-Z Mode section).  
0x1  
R/W  
0: disable reference input high-Z mode.  
1: enable reference input high-Z mode.  
0
RESERVED  
Reserved.  
0x0  
R/W  
Sequencer Control Register  
Address: 0x022, Reset: 0x80, Name: SEQ_CTRL  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] STD_SEQ_EN (R/W)  
Standard Sequencer Enable Bit  
[6:0] NUM_SLOTS_AS (R/W)  
Number of Advanced Sequencer  
Slots Field  
Table 47. Bit Descriptions for SEQ_CTRL  
Bits Bit Name Description  
STD_SEQ_EN  
Reset Access  
7
Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables the standard sequencer (see the  
Channel Sequencing Modes section).  
0x1  
R/W  
0: standard sequencer disabled.  
1: standard sequencer enabled.  
[6:0] NUM_SLOTS_AS Number of Advanced Sequencer Slots Field. This field determines the number of slots in a  
sequence when the advanced sequencer is enabled. The number of slots is equal to  
NUM_SLOTS_AS + 1. This field must be set to 0x00 to enable two-cycle command mode or  
single-cycle command mode (see the Channel Sequencing Modes section).  
0x0  
R/W  
Autocycle Control Register  
Address: 0x023, Reset: 0x00, Name: AC_CTRL  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:4] RESERVED  
[3:1] AC_CYC (R/W)  
[0] AC_EN (R/W)  
Autocycle Mode Enable Bit  
Autocycle Mode Conversion Period  
Select  
Table 48. Bit Descriptions for AC_CTRL  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[7:4] RESERVED Reserved.  
Reset Access  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
[3:1] AC_CYC  
Autocycle Mode Conversion Period Select. This field sets the period of the internal convert start  
signal when autocycle mode is enabled (see the Autocycle Mode section).  
0x0: autocycle conversion period = 10 ꢀs.  
0x1: autocycle conversion period = 20 ꢀs.  
0x2: autocycle conversion period = 40 ꢀs.  
0x3: autocycle conversion period = 80 ꢀs.  
0x4: autocycle conversion period = 100 ꢀs.  
0x5: autocycle conversion period = 200 ꢀs.  
0x6: autocycle conversion period = 400 ꢀs.  
0x7: autocycle conversion period = 800 ꢀs.  
0
AC_EN  
Autocycle Mode Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables autocycle mode (see the Autocycle Mode  
section).  
0x0  
R/W  
0: autocycle mode disabled.  
1: autocycle mode enabled.  
Rev. 0 | Page 89 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Standard Sequencer Configuration Register  
Address: 0x024, Reset: 0x0001, Name: STD_SEQ_CONFIG  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
[15] IN15_EN (R/W)  
[0] IN0_EN (R/W)  
IN15 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN0 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[14] IN14_EN (R/W)  
[1] IN1_EN (R/W)  
IN14 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN1 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[13] IN13_EN (R/W)  
[2] IN2_EN (R/W)  
IN13 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN2 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[12] IN12_EN (R/W)  
[3] IN3_EN (R/W)  
IN12 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN3 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[11] IN11_EN (R/W)  
[4] IN4_EN (R/W)  
IN11 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN4 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[10] IN10_EN (R/W)  
[5] IN5_EN (R/W)  
IN10 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN5 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[9] IN9_EN (R/W)  
[6] IN6_EN (R/W)  
IN9 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN6 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
[8] IN8_EN (R/W)  
[7] IN7_EN (R/W)  
IN8 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
IN7 Standard Sequencer Enable  
Bit  
Table 49. Bit Descriptions for STD_SEQ_CONFIG  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
IN15_EN  
IN14_EN  
IN13_EN  
IN12_EN  
IN11_EN  
IN10_EN  
IN9_EN  
IN8_EN  
IN7_EN  
IN6_EN  
IN5_EN  
IN4_EN  
IN3_EN  
IN2_EN  
IN1_EN  
IN0_EN  
IN15 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN15 is included in the channel  
sequence when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN14 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN14 is included in the channel  
sequence when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN13 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN13 is included in the channel  
sequence when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN12 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit set to 1, IN12 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN11 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN11 is included in the channel  
sequence when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN10 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN10 is included in the channel  
sequence when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN9 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN9 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN8 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN8 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN7 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN7 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN6 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN6 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN5 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN5 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN4 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN4 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN3 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN3 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN2 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN2 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN1 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN1 is included in the channel sequence 0x0  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
IN0 Standard Sequencer Enable Bit. When This bit is set to 1, IN0 is included in the channel sequence 0x1  
when the standard sequencer is enabled (see the Standard Sequencer section).  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0x0  
0x0  
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Rev. 0 | Page 90 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
GPIO Enable Register  
Address: 0x026, Reset: 0x00, Name: GPIO_CTRL  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:5] RESERVED  
[0] GPO0_EN (R/W)  
BSY_ALT_GP0 GPO Enable Bit  
[4] GPI0_EN (R/W)  
BSY_ALT_GP0 GPI Enable Bit  
[3:1] RESERVED  
Table 50. Bit Descriptions for GPIO_CTRL  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[7:5] RESERVED Reserved.  
GPI0_EN  
Reset Access  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
4
BSY_ALT_GP0 GPI Enable Bit. This bit configures the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin as a general-purpose input  
if the higher priority functions are disabled (see the General-Purpose Pin section).  
0: general-purpose input function on BSY_ALT_GP0 disabled.  
1: general-purpose input function on BSY_ALT_GP0 enabled.  
[3:1] RESERVED Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
GPO0_EN  
BSY_ALT_GP0 GPO Enable Bit. This bit configures the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin as a general-purpose  
output if all higher priority functions are disabled (see the General-Purpose Pin section).  
0: general-purpose output function on BSY_ALT_GP0 disabled.  
1: general-purpose output function on BSY_ALT_GP0 enabled.  
General-Purpose Pin Function Control Register  
Address: 0x027, Reset: 0x00, Name: GP_MODE  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7] OV_ALT_MODE (R/W)  
OV_ALT Mode Select Bit  
[0] ALERT_GP_EN (R/W)  
Alert Indicator on General-Purpose  
Pin Enable Bit  
[6:4] RESERVED  
[1] BUSY_GP_EN (R/W)  
Busy Indicator on General-Purpose  
Pin Enable Bit  
[3:2] SDO_MODE (R/W)  
Serial Data Output Mode Select  
Table 51. Bit Descriptions for GP_MODE  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
7
OV_ALT_MODE OV_ALT Mode Select Bit. This bit configures the OV_ALT bit in the status bits to report the state 0x0  
of the threshold detection alert indicator (see the Status Bits section).  
R/W  
0: does not configure the OV_ALT bit to report the state of the TD_ALERT bit.  
1: configures the OV_ALT bit to report the state of the TD_ALERT bit.  
6
RESERVED  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
R/W  
[5:4] RESERVED  
[3:2] SDO_MODE  
Serial Data Output Mode Select. This field selects the serial data output mode.  
0: single-SDO mode enabled.  
1: dual-SDO mode enabled.  
01: single-SDO mode enabled.  
11: single-SDO mode enabled.  
1
0
BUSY_GP_EN  
ALERT_GP_EN  
Busy Indicator on General-Purpose Pin Enable Bit. This field enables or disables the busy indicator  
on the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin if all higher priority functions are disabled (see the General-Purpose Pin  
section).  
0: busy indicator on the general-purpose pin function disabled.  
1: busy indicator on the general-purpose pin function enabled.  
Alert Indicator on General-Purpose Pin Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables the alert indicator on  
the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin if all higher priority functions are disabled (see the General-Purpose Pin  
section).  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0: alert indicator on the general-purpose pin function disabled.  
1: alert indicator on the general-purpose pin function enabled.  
Rev. 0 | Page 91 of 96  
 
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
GPIO State Register  
Address: 0x028, Reset: 0x00, Name: GPIO_STATE  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:4] GPI_READ (R)  
[3:0] GPO_WRITE (R/W)  
GPI State Field  
GPO State Control  
Table 52. Bit Descriptions for GPIO_STATE  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
[7:4] GPI_READ  
GPI State Field. Bit 0 of GPI_READ displays the state of the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin when configured as a  
general-purpose input.  
0x0  
R
[3:0] GPO_WRITE GPO State Control. Bit 0 of GPO_WRITE sets the state of the BSY_ALT_GP0 pin when configured as a  
general-purpose output.  
0x0  
R/W  
0000: BSY_ALT_GP0 is driven to a logic low voltage.  
0001: BSY_ALT_GP0 is driven to a logic high voltage.  
Temperature Sensor Control Register  
Address: 0x029, Reset: 0x00, Name: TEMP_CTRL  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:1] RESERVED  
[0] TEMP_EN (R/W)  
Temperature Sensor Enable Bit  
Table 53. Bit Descriptions for TEMP_CTRL  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
[7:1] RESERVED Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0
TEMP_EN  
Temperature Sensor Enable Bit. This bit enables or disables the temperature sensor in the channel  
sequence when the standard sequencer or advanced sequencer is enabled (see the Temperature  
Sensor section).  
R/W  
0: temperature sensor not included in the channel sequence.  
1: temperature sensor included in the channel sequence.  
Analog Input Settings Configuration Register  
Address: 0x030 to Address 0x03F (Increments of 0x001), Reset: 0x08, Name: CONFIG_INn  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
[7] TD_EN (R/W)  
[1:0] OSR_SET (R/W)  
INn Threshold Detection Enable Bit  
INn Oversampling Ratio Select  
[6] IN_MODE (R/W)  
[2] RESERVED  
INn Polarity Mode Select Bit  
[3] AINHIZ_EN (R/W)  
[5:4] IN_PAIR (R/W)  
INn Pin-Pairing Select  
INn Analog Input High-Z Mode Enable  
Bit  
Table 54. Bit Descriptions for CONFIG_INn  
Bits Bit Name Description  
TD_EN  
Reset Access  
0x0 R/W  
7
INn Threshold Detection Enable Bit. When the standard sequencer is enabled, the TD_EN bit in the  
CONFIG_IN0 register enables or disables threshold detection for IN0 to IN15. When the advanced  
sequencer is enabled, the TD_EN bit in each CONFIG_INn register enables or disables threshold  
detection only for its corresponding INn analog input. The HI_INn and LO_INn alert indicator bits  
are active when threshold detection is enabled on the corresponding INn analog input (see the  
Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section).  
0: disables threshold detection for INn.  
1: enables threshold detection for INn.  
Rev. 0 | Page 92 of 96  
 
 
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Bits Bit Name  
Description  
Reset Access  
6
IN_MODE  
INn Polarity Mode Select Bit. This bit selects the polarity mode for the corresponding INn analog  
input (see the Channel Configuration Options section). Unlike the other control bits in the  
CONFIG_INn registers, the polarity mode for each INn analog input is always set by the IN_MODE  
bit in its corresponding CONFIG_INn register, regardless of the channel sequencing mode.  
0x0  
R/W  
0: selects unipolar mode for INn.  
1: selects pseudo bipolar mode for INn.  
[5:4] IN_PAIR  
INn Pin-Pairing Select. This field selects the pin pairing option for the corresponding INn analog  
input (see the Channel Configuration Options section). When the standard sequencer is enabled,  
the IN_PAIR field in the CONFIG_IN0 register sets the pin pairing option for IN0 to IN15. When the  
advanced sequencer is enabled, the IN_PAIR bit in each CONFIG_INn register sets the pin pairing  
option only for its corresponding INn analog input.  
0x0  
R/W  
0x0: INn paired with REFGND.  
0x1: INn paired with COM.  
0x2: even and odd input paired.  
0x3: invalid.  
3
2
AINHIZ_EN INn Analog Input High-Z Mode Enable Bit. When the standard sequencer is enabled, the  
AINHIZ_EN bit in the CONFIG_IN0 register enables or disables analog input high-Z mode for IN0 to  
IN15. When the advanced sequencer is enabled, the AINHIZ_EN bit in each CONFIG_INn register  
enables or disables analog input high-Z mode only for its corresponding INn analog input (see the  
Analog Input High-Z Mode section).  
0x1  
R/W  
0: disables analog input high-Z mode for INn.  
1: enables analog input high-Z mode for INn.  
RESERVED  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
[1:0] OSR_SET  
INn Oversampling Ratio Select. When the standard sequencer is enabled, the OSR_SET field in the  
CONFIG_IN0 register sets the OSR for IN0 thru IN15. When the advanced sequencer is enabled, the  
OSR_SET field in each CONFIG_INn register sets the OSR only for its corresponding INn analog  
input. Set the OSR_SET fields in all CONFIG_INn registers to 0x0 when two-cycle command mode  
or single-cycle command mode are enabled (see the Oversampling and Decimation section).  
0x0: OSR = 1 (no oversampling).  
0x1: OSR = 4. Output code result resolution increases to 17 bits.  
0x2: OSR = 16. Output code result resolution increases to 18 bits.  
0x3: OSR = 64. Output code result resolution increases to 19 bits.  
Upper Threshold Value Register  
Address: 0x040 to Address 0x05E (Increments of 0x002), Reset: 0x07FF, Name: UPPER_INn  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
[15:12] RESERVED  
[11:0] UPPER (R/W)  
INn Upper Threshold Value Setting  
Table 55. Bit Descriptions for UPPER_INn  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[15:12] RESERVED Reserved.  
[11:0] UPPER  
Reset Access  
0x0  
0x7FF R/W  
R
INn Upper Threshold Value Setting. This field determines the upper threshold value for the  
corresponding INn analog input (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). The  
value in the UPPER field corresponds to the 12 MSBs of the ADC result.  
Rev. 0 | Page 93 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
Lower Threshold Value Register  
Address: 0x060 to Address 0x07E (Increments of 0x002), Reset: 0x0000, Name: LOWER_INn  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[15:12] RESERVED  
[11:0] LOWER (R/W)  
INn Lower Threshold Value Setting  
Table 56. Bit Descriptions for LOWER_INn  
Bits Bit Name Description  
[15:12] RESERVED Reserved.  
[11:0] LOWER  
Reset Access  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
INn Lower Threshold Value Setting. This field determines the lower threshold value for the  
corresponding INn analog input (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). The  
value in the LOWER field corresponds to the 12 MSBs in the ADC result.  
Hysteresis Setting Register  
Address: 0x080 to Address 0x09E (Increments of 0x002), Reset: 0x0010, Name: HYST_INn  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
[15:12] RESERVED  
[11:0] HYSTERESIS (R/W)  
INn Hysteresis Value Setting  
Table 57. Bit Descriptions for HYST_INn  
Bits  
[15:12] RESERVED  
[11:0]  
Bit Name  
Description  
Reserved.  
Reset Access  
0x0  
R
HYSTERESIS INn Hysteresis Value Setting. This field determines the hysteresis value for the corresponding  
INn analog input (see the Threshold Detection and Alert Indicators section). The value in the  
HYSTERESIS field corresponds to the 12 MSBs in the ADC result.  
0x10  
R/W  
INn Offset Correction Register  
Address: 0x0A0 to Address 0x0BE (Increments of 0x002), Reset: 0x0000, Name: OFFSET_INn  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[15:0] OFFSET (R/W)  
Offset Correction Value for INn  
Table 58. Bit Descriptions for OFFSET_INn  
Bits  
Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
[15:0] OFFSET  
Offset Correction Value for INn. This register sets the offset correction applied to results from the  
INn channel. See the Offset and Gain Correction section for a detailed description of offset correction.  
0x0  
R/W  
INn Gain Correction Register  
Address: 0x0C0 to Address 0x0DE (Increments of 0x002), Reset: 0x8000, Name: GAIN_INn  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[15:0] GAIN (R/W)  
Gain Correction Value for INn  
Table 59. Bit Descriptions for GAIN_INn  
Bits  
Bit Name Description  
Reset  
Access  
[15:0] GAIN  
Gain Correction Value for INn. This register sets the gain correction applied to results from the  
INn channel. See the Offset and Gain Correction section for a detailed description of gain  
correction.  
0x8000 R/W  
Rev. 0 | Page 94 of 96  
 
Data Sheet  
AD4695/AD4696  
Advanced Sequencer Slot Register  
Address: 0x100 to Address 0x17F (Increments of 0x001), Reset: 0x00, Name: AS_SLOTn  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[7:4] RESERVED  
[3:0] SLOT_INX (R/W)  
Advanced Sequencer Slot Channel  
Assignment  
Table 60. Bit Descriptions for AS_SLOTn  
Bits Bit Name Description  
Reset Access  
[7:4] RESERVED Reserved.  
[3:0] SLOT_INX  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R/W  
Advanced Sequencer Slot Channel Assignment. This field determines which of the 16 analog  
inputs (INx) is assigned to slot n (see the Advanced Sequencer section).  
0x0: IN0.  
0x1: IN1.  
0x2: IN2.  
0x3: IN3.  
0x4: IN4.  
0x5: IN5.  
0x6: IN6.  
0x7: IN7.  
0x8: IN8.  
0x9: IN9.  
0xA: IN10.  
0xB: IN11.  
0xC: IN12.  
0xD: IN13.  
0xE: IN14.  
0xF: IN15.  
Rev. 0 | Page 95 of 96  
 
AD4695/AD4696  
Data Sheet  
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS  
DETAIL A  
(JEDEC 95)  
5.10  
5.00 SQ  
4.90  
0.30  
0.25  
0.18  
PIN 1  
INDICATOR  
AREA  
PIN 1  
25  
32  
NS  
INDICATOR AR EA OP TIO  
(SEE DETAIL A)  
24  
1
0.50  
BSC  
3.25  
3.10 SQ  
2.95  
EXPOSED  
PAD  
17  
8
9
16  
0.50  
0.40  
0.30  
0.20 MIN  
TOP VIEW  
SIDE VIEW  
BOTTOM VIEW  
0.80  
0.75  
0.70  
FOR PROPER CONNECTION OF  
THE EXPOSED PAD, REFER TO  
THE PIN CONFIGURATION AND  
FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
0.05 MAX  
0.02 NOM  
COPLANARITY  
0.08  
SECTION OF THIS DATA SHEET.  
SEATING  
PLANE  
0.20 REF  
COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-220-WHHD  
Figure 120. 32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP]  
5 mm × 5 mm Body and 0.75 mm Package Height  
(CP-32-7)  
Dimensions shown in millimeters  
ORDERING GUIDE  
Sample  
Rate  
Temperature  
Range  
Ordering Package  
Quantity Option  
Model1  
Package Description  
AD4695BCPZ  
AD4695BCPZ-RL7  
AD4696BCPZ  
AD4696BCPZ-RL7  
500 kSPS  
500 kSPS  
1 MSPS  
−40°C to +125°C  
−40°C to +125°C  
−40°C to +125°C  
−40°C to +125°C  
32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP]  
32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP]  
32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP]  
32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP]  
490  
1500  
490  
CP-32-7  
CP-32-7  
CP-32-7  
CP-32-7  
1 MSPS  
1500  
1 Z = RoHS Compliant Part.  
©2020 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
D24816-12/20(0)  
Rev. 0 | Page 96 of 96  
 
 

相关型号:

AD4696BCPZ-RL7

16-Bit, 16-Channel, 500 kSPS/1 MSPS, Easy Drive Multiplexed SAR ADCs
ADI

AD48

ADAPTER DIL FUER IC IN SMD 32POL
ETC

AD484M1644VTA

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-10I

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-10L

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-10LI

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-15

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-5.5

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-6

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-7

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-7I

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC

AD484M1644VTA-7L

Ascend Semiconductor Corporation(64Mb SDRAM)
ETC